Թուեր / Numbers - 35 |

Text:
< PreviousԹուեր - 35 Numbers - 35Next >


jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
Orders having been given before for the dividing of the land of Canaan among the lay-tribes (as I may call them), care is here taken for a competent provision for the clergy, the tribe of Levi, which ministered in holy things. I. Forty-eight cities were to be assigned them, with their suburbs, some in every tribe, ver. 1-8. II. Six cities out of these were to be for cities of refuge, for any man that killed another unawares, ver. 9-15. In the law concerning these observe, 1. In what case sanctuary was not allowed, namely, that of wilful murder, ver. 16-21. 2. In what cases it was allowed, ver. 22-24. 3. What was the law concerning those that took shelter in these cities of refuge, ver. 25, &c.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
The Israelites are commanded to give the Levites, out of their inheritances, cities and their suburbs for themselves and for their cattle, goods, etc., Num 35:1-3. The suburbs to be 3,000 cubits round about from the wall of the city, Num 35:4, Num 35:5. The cities to be forty-two, to which six cities of refuge should be added, in all forty-eight cities, Num 35:6, Num 35:7. Each tribe shall give of these cities in proportion to its possessions, Num 35:8. These cities to be appointed for the person who might slay his neighbor unawares, Num 35:9-12. Of these six cities there shall be three on each side Jordan, Num 35:13, Num 35:14. The cities to be places of refuge for all who kill a person unawares, whether they be Israelites, strangers, or sojourners, Num 35:15. Cases of murder to which the benefit of the cities of refuge shall not extend, Num 35:16-21. Cases of manslaughter to which the benefits of the cities of refuge shall extend, Num 35:22, Num 35:23. How the congregation shall act between the manslayer and the avenger of blood, Num 35:24, Num 35:25. The manslayer shall abide in the city of refuge till the death of the high priest; he shall then return to the land of his possession, Num 35:26-28. Two witnesses must attest a murder before a murderer can be put to death, Num 35:29, Num 35:30. Every murderer to be put to death, Num 35:31. The manslayer is not to be permitted to come to the land of his inheritance till the death of the high priest, Num 35:32. The land must not be polluted with blood, for the Lord dwells in it, Num 35:33, Num 35:34.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Num 35:1, Eight and forty cities for the Levites, with their suburbs, and measure thereof; Num 35:6, Six of them are to be cities of refuge; Num 35:9, The laws of murder and manslaughter; Num 35:31, No satisfaction for murder.
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO NUMBERS 35
Though the tribe of Levi had no part in the division of the land, yet cities out of the several tribes are here ordered to be given them to dwell in, to the number of forty eight, Num 35:1, six of which were to be cities of refuge, Num 35:9, but not for wilful murderers, in whatsoever way they might kill a man, Num 35:16, but for such who had killed a man unawares, Num 35:22, and several rules are given relating to such persons, Num 35:25, but no satisfaction was to be taken in case of murder, nor to excuse a person's return to his own house before the death of the high priest, who had fled to a city of refuge, that so the land might not be defiled, Num 35:30.
35:135:1: Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի յարեւմուտս Մովաբու՝ առ եզերբ Յորդանանու յանդիման Երեքոյի՝ եւ ասէ.
1 Տէրը Մովաբացիների երկրի արեւմտեան մասում, Յորդանան գետի եզերքին, Երիքովի դիմաց, խօսեց Մովսէսի հետ եւ ասաց.
35 Տէրը Մովաբի դաշտերուն մէջ Երիքովի դէմ Յորդանանի մօտ խօսեցաւ Մովսէսին՝ ըսելով.
Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի [556]յարեւմուտս Մովաբու` առ եզերբ Յորդանանու յանդիման Երիքովի, եւ ասէ:

35:1: Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի յարեւմուտս Մովաբու՝ առ եզերբ Յորդանանու յանդիման Երեքոյի՝ եւ ասէ.
1 Տէրը Մովաբացիների երկրի արեւմտեան մասում, Յորդանան գետի եզերքին, Երիքովի դիմաց, խօսեց Մովսէսի հետ եւ ասաց.
35 Տէրը Մովաբի դաշտերուն մէջ Երիքովի դէմ Յորդանանի մօտ խօսեցաւ Մովսէսին՝ ըսելով.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:11: И сказал Господь Моисею на равнинах Моавитских у Иордана против Иерихона, говоря:
35:1 καὶ και and; even ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρὸς προς to; toward Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs ἐπὶ επι in; on δυσμῶν δυσμη sunset; west Μωαβ μωαβ from; by τὸν ο the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis κατὰ κατα down; by Ιεριχω ιεριχω Hierichō; Ierikho λέγων λεγω tell; declare
35:1 וַ wa וְ and יְדַבֵּ֧ר yᵊḏabbˈēr דבר speak יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עַֽרְבֹ֣ת ʕˈarᵊvˈōṯ עֲרָבָה desert מֹואָ֑ב môʔˈāv מֹואָב Moab עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon יַרְדֵּ֥ן yardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan יְרֵחֹ֖ו yᵊrēḥˌô יְרִיחֹוֿ יְרִחֹו Jericho לֵ lē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
35:1. haec quoque locutus est Dominus ad Mosen in campestribus Moab super Iordanem contra HierichoAnd the Lord spoke these things also to Moses in the plains of Moab by the Jordan, over against Jericho:
1. And the LORD spake unto Moses in the plains of Moab by the Jordan at Jericho, saying,
35:1. And the Lord also spoke these things to Moses in the plains of Moab, above the Jordan, opposite Jericho:
35:1. And the LORD spake unto Moses in the plains of Moab by Jordan [near] Jericho, saying,
And the LORD spake unto Moses in the plains of Moab by Jordan [near] Jericho, saying:

1: И сказал Господь Моисею на равнинах Моавитских у Иордана против Иерихона, говоря:
35:1
καὶ και and; even
ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρὸς προς to; toward
Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
ἐπὶ επι in; on
δυσμῶν δυσμη sunset; west
Μωαβ μωαβ from; by
τὸν ο the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
κατὰ κατα down; by
Ιεριχω ιεριχω Hierichō; Ierikho
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
35:1
וַ wa וְ and
יְדַבֵּ֧ר yᵊḏabbˈēr דבר speak
יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עַֽרְבֹ֣ת ʕˈarᵊvˈōṯ עֲרָבָה desert
מֹואָ֑ב môʔˈāv מֹואָב Moab
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
יַרְדֵּ֥ן yardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
יְרֵחֹ֖ו yᵊrēḥˌô יְרִיחֹוֿ יְרִחֹו Jericho
לֵ לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
35:1. haec quoque locutus est Dominus ad Mosen in campestribus Moab super Iordanem contra Hiericho
And the Lord spoke these things also to Moses in the plains of Moab by the Jordan, over against Jericho:
35:1. And the Lord also spoke these things to Moses in the plains of Moab, above the Jordan, opposite Jericho:
35:1. And the LORD spake unto Moses in the plains of Moab by Jordan [near] Jericho, saying,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1-3: См. И. Навин ХХI.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
1: The Cities of the Levites.B. C. 1452.
1 And the LORD spake unto Moses in the plains of Moab by Jordan near Jericho, saying, 2 Command the children of Israel, that they give unto the Levites of the inheritance of their possession cities to dwell in; and ye shall give also unto the Levites suburbs for the cities round about them. 3 And the cities shall they have to dwell in; and the suburbs of them shall be for their cattle, and for their goods, and for all their beasts. 4 And the suburbs of the cities, which ye shall give unto the Levites, shall reach from the wall of the city and outward a thousand cubits round about. 5 And ye shall measure from without the city on the east side two thousand cubits, and on the south side two thousand cubits, and on the west side two thousand cubits, and on the north side two thousand cubits; and the city shall be in the midst: this shall be to them the suburbs of the cities. 6 And among the cities which ye shall give unto the Levites there shall be six cities for refuge, which ye shall appoint for the manslayer, that he may flee thither: and to them ye shall add forty and two cities. 7 So all the cities which ye shall give to the Levites shall be forty and eight cities: them shall ye give with their suburbs. 8 And the cities which ye shall give shall be of the possession of the children of Israel: from them that have many ye shall give many; but from them that have few ye shall give few: every one shall give of his cities unto the Levites according to his inheritance which he inheriteth.
The laws about the tithes and offerings had provided very plentifully for the maintenance of the Levites, but it was not to be thought, nor indeed was it for the public good, that when they came to Canaan they should all live about the tabernacle, as they had done in the wilderness, and therefore care must be taken to provide habitations for them, in which they might live comfortably and usefully. It is this which is here taken care of.
I. Cities were allotted them, with their suburbs, v. 2. They were not to have any ground for tillage; they needed not to sow, nor reap, nor gather into barns, for their heavenly Father fed them with the tithe of the increase of other people's labours, that they might the more closely attend to the study of the law, and might have more leisure to teach the people; for they were not fed thus easily that they might live in idleness, but that they might give themselves wholly to the business of their profession, and not be entangled in the affairs of this life. 1. Cities were allotted them, that they might live near together, and converse with one another about the law, to their mutual edification; and that in doubtful cases they might consult one another, and in all cases strengthen one another's hands. 2. These cities had suburbs annexed to them for their cattle (v. 3), a thousand cubits from the wall was allowed them for out-houses to keep their cattle in, and then two thousand more for fields to graze their cattle in, v. 4, 5. Thus was care taken that they should not only live, but live plentifully, and have all desirable conveniences about them, that they might not be looked upon with contempt by their neighbours.
II. These cities were to be assigned them out of the possessions of each tribe, v. 8. 1. That each tribe might thus make a grateful acknowledgment to God out of their real as well as out of their personal estates (for what was given to the Levites was accepted as given to the Lord) and thus their possessions were sanctified to them. 2. That each tribe might have the benefit of the Levites' dwelling among them, to teach them the good knowledge of the Lord; thus that light was diffused through all parts of the country, and none were left to sit in darkness, Deut. xxxiii. 10, They shall teach Jacob thy judgments. Jacob's curse on Levi's anger was, I will scatter them in Israel, Gen. xlix. 7. But that curse was turned into a blessing, and the Levites, by being thus scattered, were put into a capacity of doing so much the more good. It is a great mercy to a country to be replenished in all parts with faithful ministers.
III. The number allotted them was forty-eight in all, four out of each of the twelve tribes, one with another. Out of the united tribes of Simeon and Judah nine, out of Naphtali three, and four apiece out of the rest, as appears, Josh. xxi. Thus were they blessed with a good ministry, and that ministry with a comfortable maintenance, not only in tithes, but in glebe-lands. And, though the gospel is not so particular as the law was in this matter, yet it expressly provides that he that is taught in the word should communicate unto him that teaches in all good things, Gal. vi. 6.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:1: Num 22:1, Num 26:63, Num 31:12, Num 33:50, Num 36:13
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
35:1
Appointment of Towns for the Levites. - As the Levites were to receive no inheritance of their own, i.e., no separate tribe-territory, in the land of Canaan (Num 18:20 and Num 18:23), Moses commanded the children of Israel, i.e., the rest of the tribes, in accordance with the divine instructions, to give (vacate) towns to the Levites to dwell in of the inheritance that fell to them for a possession, with pasturage by the cities round about them for their cattle. "Towns to dwell in," i.e., not the whole of the towns as their own property, but as many houses in the towns as sufficed for the necessities of the Levites as their hereditary possession, which could be redeemed, if sold at any time, and which reverted to them without compensation in the year of jubilee, even if not redeemed before (Lev 25:32-33); but any portion of the towns which was not taken possession of by them, together with the fields and villages, continued the property of those tribes to which they had been assigned by lot (cf. Josh 21:12, and my commentary on this passage: also Bhr, Symbolik, ii. p. 50; Ewald, Gesch. ii. p. 403). They were also to give them מגרשׁ (from גּרשׁ, to drive, drive out), pasturage or fields, to feed their flocks upon, all round the cities; and according to Lev 25:34, this was not to be sold, but to remain the eternal possession of the Levites. לבהמתּם, for their oxen and beasts of burden, and לרכוּשׁם, for their (remaining) possessions in flocks (sheep and goats), which are generally described in other cases as Mikneh, in distinction from behemah (e.g., Num 32:26; Gen 34:23; Gen 36:6). לכל־חיּתם and for all their animals, is merely a generalizing summary signifying all the animals which they possessed.
John Gill
35:1 And the Lord spake to Moses,.... After he had described the borders of the land, and given instructions about the division of it among the several tribes, and named the persons that should be concerned in parting and putting it into the possession of the Israelites, he makes a provision for the Levites; for though they had no inheritance in the land as a tribe, yet it was proper they should have cities and houses to dwell in; for it would not be suitable that they should be always about the tabernacle, as they were in the wilderness; and it is concerning this the Lord is said to speak to Moses:
in the plains of Moab by Jordan, near Jericho: where the Israelites now were, and had been for some time:
saying; as follows.
35:235:2: Հրամա՛ն տուր որդւոցն Իսրայէլի. եւ տացեն Ղեւտացւոցն ՚ի վիճակաց կալուածոց իւրեանց քաղա՛քս բնակութեանց, եւ բուրաստանս շուրջ զքաղաքօք իւրեանց տացեն Ղեւտացւոցն[1599]։ [1599] Յօրինակին. Եւ բուրաստան շուրջ։
2 «Հրամայի՛ր իսրայէլացիներին, որ իրենց բաժին հասած կալուածքներից բնակուելու համար քաղաքներ, ինչպէս եւ իրենց քաղաքների շուրջն ընկած արօտավայրերը տան ղեւտացիներին:
2 «Պատուիրէ՛ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն, որ իրենց ժառանգութեանը կալուածքէն Ղեւտացիներուն բնակելու քաղաքներ տան. նաեւ քաղաքներուն բոլորտիքը եղած արուարձանները տան Ղեւտացիներուն։
Հրաման տուր որդւոցն Իսրայելի, եւ տացեն Ղեւտացւոցն ի վիճակաց կալուածոց իւրեանց քաղաքս բնակութեանց, եւ [557]բուրաստանս շուրջ զքաղաքօք իւրեանց տացեն Ղեւտացւոցն:

35:2: Հրամա՛ն տուր որդւոցն Իսրայէլի. եւ տացեն Ղեւտացւոցն ՚ի վիճակաց կալուածոց իւրեանց քաղա՛քս բնակութեանց, եւ բուրաստանս շուրջ զքաղաքօք իւրեանց տացեն Ղեւտացւոցն[1599]։
[1599] Յօրինակին. Եւ բուրաստան շուրջ։
2 «Հրամայի՛ր իսրայէլացիներին, որ իրենց բաժին հասած կալուածքներից բնակուելու համար քաղաքներ, ինչպէս եւ իրենց քաղաքների շուրջն ընկած արօտավայրերը տան ղեւտացիներին:
2 «Պատուիրէ՛ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն, որ իրենց ժառանգութեանը կալուածքէն Ղեւտացիներուն բնակելու քաղաքներ տան. նաեւ քաղաքներուն բոլորտիքը եղած արուարձանները տան Ղեւտացիներուն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:22: повели сынам Израилевым, чтоб они из уделов владения своего дали левитам города для жительства, и поля при городах со всех сторон дайте левитам:
35:2 σύνταξον συντασσω coordinate; arrange τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even δώσουσιν διδωμι give; deposit τοῖς ο the Λευίταις λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the κλήρων κληρος lot; allotment κατασχέσεως κατασχεσις holding αὐτῶν αυτος he; him πόλεις πολις city κατοικεῖν κατοικεω settle καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the προάστεια προαστειον the πόλεων πολις city κύκλῳ κυκλω circling; in a circle αὐτῶν αυτος he; him δώσουσιν διδωμι give; deposit τοῖς ο the Λευίταις λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis
35:2 צַו֮ ṣaw צוה command אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וְ wᵊ וְ and נָתְנ֣וּ nāṯᵊnˈû נתן give לַ la לְ to † הַ the לְוִיִּ֗ם lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite מִֽ mˈi מִן from נַּחֲלַ֛ת nnaḥᵃlˈaṯ נַחֲלָה heritage אֲחֻזָּתָ֖ם ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˌām אֲחֻזָּה land property עָרִ֣ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town לָ lā לְ to שָׁ֑בֶת šˈāveṯ ישׁב sit וּ û וְ and מִגְרָ֗שׁ miḡrˈāš מִגְרָשׁ pasture לֶֽ lˈe לְ to † הַ the עָרִים֙ ʕārîm עִיר town סְבִיבֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם sᵊvîvˈōṯêhˈem סָבִיב surrounding תִּתְּנ֖וּ tittᵊnˌû נתן give לַ la לְ to † הַ the לְוִיִּֽם׃ lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite
35:2. praecipe filiis Israhel ut dent Levitis de possessionibus suisCommand the children of Israel that they give to the Levites out of their possessions,
2. Command the children of Israel, that they give unto the Levites of the inheritance of their possession cities to dwell in; and suburbs for the cities round about them shall ye give unto the Levites.
35:2. “Instruct the sons of Israel, so that they may give to the Levites, from their possessions,
35:2. Command the children of Israel, that they give unto the Levites of the inheritance of their possession cities to dwell in; and ye shall give [also] unto the Levites suburbs for the cities round about them.
Command the children of Israel, that they give unto the Levites of the inheritance of their possession cities to dwell in; and ye shall give [also] unto the Levites suburbs for the cities round about them:

2: повели сынам Израилевым, чтоб они из уделов владения своего дали левитам города для жительства, и поля при городах со всех сторон дайте левитам:
35:2
σύνταξον συντασσω coordinate; arrange
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
δώσουσιν διδωμι give; deposit
τοῖς ο the
Λευίταις λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
κλήρων κληρος lot; allotment
κατασχέσεως κατασχεσις holding
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
πόλεις πολις city
κατοικεῖν κατοικεω settle
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
προάστεια προαστειον the
πόλεων πολις city
κύκλῳ κυκλω circling; in a circle
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
δώσουσιν διδωμι give; deposit
τοῖς ο the
Λευίταις λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis
35:2
צַו֮ ṣaw צוה command
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָתְנ֣וּ nāṯᵊnˈû נתן give
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
לְוִיִּ֗ם lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite
מִֽ mˈi מִן from
נַּחֲלַ֛ת nnaḥᵃlˈaṯ נַחֲלָה heritage
אֲחֻזָּתָ֖ם ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˌām אֲחֻזָּה land property
עָרִ֣ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town
לָ לְ to
שָׁ֑בֶת šˈāveṯ ישׁב sit
וּ û וְ and
מִגְרָ֗שׁ miḡrˈāš מִגְרָשׁ pasture
לֶֽ lˈe לְ to
הַ the
עָרִים֙ ʕārîm עִיר town
סְבִיבֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם sᵊvîvˈōṯêhˈem סָבִיב surrounding
תִּתְּנ֖וּ tittᵊnˌû נתן give
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
לְוִיִּֽם׃ lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite
35:2. praecipe filiis Israhel ut dent Levitis de possessionibus suis
Command the children of Israel that they give to the Levites out of their possessions,
35:2. “Instruct the sons of Israel, so that they may give to the Levites, from their possessions,
35:2. Command the children of Israel, that they give unto the Levites of the inheritance of their possession cities to dwell in; and ye shall give [also] unto the Levites suburbs for the cities round about them.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
35:2: Suburbs - Rather, "pasture-grounds," required for their large cattle, for their sheep and goats, and for all their beasts whatever they might be Num 35:3.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:2: Lev 25:32, Lev 25:33; Jos 14:3, Jos 14:4, Jos 21:2-42; Eze 45:1-8, Eze 48:8, Eze 48:22; Co1 9:10-14
Geneva 1599
35:2 Command the children of Israel, that they give unto the (a) Levites of the inheritance of their possession (b) cities to dwell in; and ye shall give [also] unto the Levites suburbs for the cities round about them.
(a) Because they had no inheritance assigned them in the land of Canaan.
(b) God would have them scattered through all the land, because the people might be preserved by them in the obedience of God and his Law.
John Gill
35:2 Command the children of Israel,.... All the tribes of them; it is not a bare instruction that is given them, much less a mere request that is made to them, or something proposed, and left to their option whether they would agree to it or not; but it is strictly enjoined them by the Lord, who had given them freely all they should possess, and who had a right to all they had, and to whom they were in duty and gratitude bound to do his will and pleasure: the order is:
that they give unto the Levites, of the inheritance of their possession, cities to dwell in; which was but reasonable and requisite, that the ministers of God, and the assistants of the priests, and who did the service of the congregation, that they should have, habitations for them and their families, as well as food and raiment was provided for them in another way:
and ye shall give also unto the Levites suburbs for the cities round about them; which were partly for ornament to their cities, and partly for their health, that they might have air, and not be too closely confined within the walls of their cities; and also for convenience, that they have room for their cattle, and places to lay up the increase of their fields, as after suggested. Jarchi says, that a suburb was a space and place parted without the city, round about, for the beauty of it; but they were not allowed to build there an house (i.e. to dwell in), nor to plant a vineyard, nor to sow seed; other ground is after provided for such uses.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
35:2 EIGHT AND FORTY CITIES GIVEN TO THE LEVITES. (Num 35:1-5)
give unto the Levites of the inheritance of their possession cities to dwell in--As the Levites were to have no territorial domain allocated to them like the other tribes on the conquest of Canaan, they were to be distributed throughout the land in certain cities appropriated to their use; and these cities were to be surrounded by extensive suburbs. There is an apparent discrepancy between Num 35:4 and Num 35:5, with regard to the extent of these suburbs; but the statements in the two verses refer to totally different things--the one to the extent of the suburbs from the walls of the city, the other to the space of two thousand cubits from their extremity. In point of fact, there was an extent of ground, amounting to three thousand cubits, measured from the wall of the city. One thousand were most probably occupied with outhouses for the accommodation of shepherds and other servants, with gardens, vineyards, or oliveyards. And these which were portioned out to different families (1Chron 6:60) might be sold by one Levite to another, but not to any individual of another tribe (Jer 32:7). The other two thousand cubits remained a common for the pasturing of cattle (Lev 25:34) and, considering their number, that space would be fully required.
35:335:3: Եւ եղիցին նոցա քաղաքք բնակութեան. եւ զատուցեալքն նոցա եղիցին խաշա՛նց նոցա, եւ ամենայն չորքոտանեա՛ց նոցա։
3 Այդ քաղաքները նրանց բնակութեան վայրերը թող լինեն, իսկ առանձնացուած արօտավայրերը թող լինեն նրանց ոչխարների հօտերի եւ ամէն տեսակ չորքոտանիների համար արածելու վայրեր:
3 Եւ քաղաքները՝ բնակութեան համար, իսկ արուարձանները անոնց արջառներուն հօտերուն ու բոլոր անասուններուն համար։
Եւ եղիցին նոցա քաղաքք բնակութեան, եւ [558]զատուցեալքն նոցա եղիցին [559]խաշանց նոցա, եւ ամենայն չորքոտանեաց նոցա:

35:3: Եւ եղիցին նոցա քաղաքք բնակութեան. եւ զատուցեալքն նոցա եղիցին խաշա՛նց նոցա, եւ ամենայն չորքոտանեա՛ց նոցա։
3 Այդ քաղաքները նրանց բնակութեան վայրերը թող լինեն, իսկ առանձնացուած արօտավայրերը թող լինեն նրանց ոչխարների հօտերի եւ ամէն տեսակ չորքոտանիների համար արածելու վայրեր:
3 Եւ քաղաքները՝ բնակութեան համար, իսկ արուարձանները անոնց արջառներուն հօտերուն ու բոլոր անասուններուն համար։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:33: города будут им для жительства, а поля будут для скота их и для имения их и для всех житейских потребностей их;
35:3 καὶ και and; even ἔσονται ειμι be αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him αἱ ο the πόλεις πολις city κατοικεῖν κατοικεω settle καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the ἀφορίσματα αφορισμα he; him ἔσται ειμι be τοῖς ο the κτήνεσιν κτηνος livestock; animal αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even πᾶσι πας all; every τοῖς ο the τετράποσιν τετραπους quadruped; beast αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
35:3 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָי֧וּ hāyˈû היה be הֶֽ hˈe הַ the עָרִ֛ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to לָ lā לְ to שָׁ֑בֶת šˈāveṯ ישׁב sit וּ û וְ and מִגְרְשֵׁיהֶ֗ם miḡrᵊšêhˈem מִגְרָשׁ pasture יִהְי֤וּ yihyˈû היה be לִ li לְ to בְהֶמְתָּם֙ vᵊhemtˌām בְּהֵמָה cattle וְ wᵊ וְ and לִ li לְ to רְכֻשָׁ֔ם rᵊḵušˈām רְכוּשׁ property וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to כֹ֖ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole חַיָּתָֽם׃ ḥayyāṯˈām חַיָּה wild animal
35:3. urbes ad habitandum et suburbana earum per circuitum ut ipsi in oppidis maneant et suburbana sint pecoribus ac iumentisCities to dwell in, and their suburbs round about: that they may abide in the towns, and the suburbs may be for them cattle and beasts:
3. And the cities shall they have to dwell in; and their suburbs shall be for their cattle, and for their substance, and for all their beasts.
35:3. cities as dwelling places, with their surrounding suburbs, so that they may lodge in the towns, and so that the suburbs may be for cattle and beasts of burden.
35:3. And the cities shall they have to dwell in; and the suburbs of them shall be for their cattle, and for their goods, and for all their beasts.
And the cities shall they have to dwell in; and the suburbs of them shall be for their cattle, and for their goods, and for all their beasts:

3: города будут им для жительства, а поля будут для скота их и для имения их и для всех житейских потребностей их;
35:3
καὶ και and; even
ἔσονται ειμι be
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
αἱ ο the
πόλεις πολις city
κατοικεῖν κατοικεω settle
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
ἀφορίσματα αφορισμα he; him
ἔσται ειμι be
τοῖς ο the
κτήνεσιν κτηνος livestock; animal
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
πᾶσι πας all; every
τοῖς ο the
τετράποσιν τετραπους quadruped; beast
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
35:3
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָי֧וּ hāyˈû היה be
הֶֽ hˈe הַ the
עָרִ֛ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town
לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to
לָ לְ to
שָׁ֑בֶת šˈāveṯ ישׁב sit
וּ û וְ and
מִגְרְשֵׁיהֶ֗ם miḡrᵊšêhˈem מִגְרָשׁ pasture
יִהְי֤וּ yihyˈû היה be
לִ li לְ to
בְהֶמְתָּם֙ vᵊhemtˌām בְּהֵמָה cattle
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לִ li לְ to
רְכֻשָׁ֔ם rᵊḵušˈām רְכוּשׁ property
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כֹ֖ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
חַיָּתָֽם׃ ḥayyāṯˈām חַיָּה wild animal
35:3. urbes ad habitandum et suburbana earum per circuitum ut ipsi in oppidis maneant et suburbana sint pecoribus ac iumentis
Cities to dwell in, and their suburbs round about: that they may abide in the towns, and the suburbs may be for them cattle and beasts:
35:3. cities as dwelling places, with their surrounding suburbs, so that they may lodge in the towns, and so that the suburbs may be for cattle and beasts of burden.
35:3. And the cities shall they have to dwell in; and the suburbs of them shall be for their cattle, and for their goods, and for all their beasts.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:3: Jos 21:11; Ch2 11:14; Eze 45:2
John Gill
35:3 And cities shall they have to dwell in,.... For them and their families, and indeed for nothing else, they having no trades nor worldly business to carry on in them:
and the suburbs of them shall be for their cattle; for stables and stalls to put them up in, and for barns and storehouses to lay in provender for them:
and for their goods; where to bestow them, as the increase of their fields, oliveyards, and vineyards, see Lk 12:18.
and for all their beasts; or living creatures; or "for their whole life" (z); or livelihood, whatsoever was for the support of it; the Targum of Jonathan adds, by way of explanation, for all their necessities; and so Jarchi.
(z) "ad vitam ipsorum". Vid. Drusium.
John Wesley
35:3 For the cattle - For pasturage for their cattle: where they might not build houses, nor plant gardens, orchards or vineyards, no nor sow corn, for which they were abundantly provided out of the first - fruits. And these suburbs did not belong to the Levites in common, but were distributed to them in convenient proportions.
35:435:4: Եւ արուարձա՛նք քաղաքացն զորս տայցէք Ղեւտացւոցն ՚ի պարսպէ քաղաքին. եւ արտաքոյ քաղաքին երկո՛ւս հազարս կանգունս շուրջանակի[1600]։ [1600] Ոմանք. ՚Ի պարսպաւոր քաղաքին եւ արտա՛՛։ Այլք. Եւ արտաքոյ պարսպին երկուս հազարս կան՛՛։
4 Քաղաքների շուրջը գտնուող արօտավայրերը, որ տալու էք ղեւտացիներին, իւրաքանչիւր քաղաքի պարիսպներից սկսած շուրջանակի պէտք է ունենան երկու հազար կանգուն տարածութիւն:
4 Ու Ղեւտացիներուն տրուելիք քաղաքներուն արուարձանները քաղաքին պարիսպէն դուրս, շուրջանակի հազարական կանգուն ընդարձակութիւն պէտք է ունենան։
Եւ արուարձանք քաղաքացն զորս տայցէք Ղեւտացւոցն ի պարսպէ քաղաքին եւ արտաքոյ պարսպին [560]երկուս հազարս կանգունս`` շուրջանակի:

35:4: Եւ արուարձա՛նք քաղաքացն զորս տայցէք Ղեւտացւոցն ՚ի պարսպէ քաղաքին. եւ արտաքոյ քաղաքին երկո՛ւս հազարս կանգունս շուրջանակի[1600]։
[1600] Ոմանք. ՚Ի պարսպաւոր քաղաքին եւ արտա՛՛։ Այլք. Եւ արտաքոյ պարսպին երկուս հազարս կան՛՛։
4 Քաղաքների շուրջը գտնուող արօտավայրերը, որ տալու էք ղեւտացիներին, իւրաքանչիւր քաղաքի պարիսպներից սկսած շուրջանակի պէտք է ունենան երկու հազար կանգուն տարածութիւն:
4 Ու Ղեւտացիներուն տրուելիք քաղաքներուն արուարձանները քաղաքին պարիսպէն դուրս, շուրջանակի հազարական կանգուն ընդարձակութիւն պէտք է ունենան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:44: поля при городах, которые вы должны дать левитам, от стены города [должны простираться] на [две] тысячи локтей, во все стороны;
35:4 καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the συγκυροῦντα συγκυροω the πόλεων πολις city ἃς ος who; what δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit τοῖς ο the Λευίταις λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis ἀπὸ απο from; away τείχους τειχος wall τῆς ο the πόλεως πολις city καὶ και and; even ἔξω εξω outside δισχιλίους δισχιλιοι two thousand πήχεις πηχυς forearm; foot and a half κύκλῳ κυκλω circling; in a circle
35:4 וּ û וְ and מִגְרְשֵׁי֙ miḡrᵊšˌê מִגְרָשׁ pasture הֶֽ hˈe הַ the עָרִ֔ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] תִּתְּנ֖וּ tittᵊnˌû נתן give לַ la לְ to † הַ the לְוִיִּ֑ם lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite מִ mi מִן from קִּ֤יר qqˈîr קִיר wall הָ hā הַ the עִיר֙ ʕîr עִיר town וָ wā וְ and ח֔וּצָה ḥˈûṣā חוּץ outside אֶ֥לֶף ʔˌelef אֶלֶף thousand אַמָּ֖ה ʔammˌā אַמָּה cubit סָבִֽיב׃ sāvˈîv סָבִיב surrounding
35:4. quae a muris civitatum forinsecus per circuitum mille passuum spatio tendenturWhich suburbs shall reach from the walls of the cities outward, a thousand paces on every side:
4. And the suburbs of the cities, which ye shall give unto the Levites, shall be from the wall of the city and outward a thousand cubits round about.
35:4. The suburbs shall extend from the outer walls of the cities, all around, for the space of one thousand steps.
35:4. And the suburbs of the cities, which ye shall give unto the Levites, [shall reach] from the wall of the city and outward a thousand cubits round about.
And the suburbs of the cities, which ye shall give unto the Levites, [shall reach] from the wall of the city and outward a thousand cubits round about:

4: поля при городах, которые вы должны дать левитам, от стены города [должны простираться] на [две] тысячи локтей, во все стороны;
35:4
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
συγκυροῦντα συγκυροω the
πόλεων πολις city
ἃς ος who; what
δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit
τοῖς ο the
Λευίταις λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τείχους τειχος wall
τῆς ο the
πόλεως πολις city
καὶ και and; even
ἔξω εξω outside
δισχιλίους δισχιλιοι two thousand
πήχεις πηχυς forearm; foot and a half
κύκλῳ κυκλω circling; in a circle
35:4
וּ û וְ and
מִגְרְשֵׁי֙ miḡrᵊšˌê מִגְרָשׁ pasture
הֶֽ hˈe הַ the
עָרִ֔ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
תִּתְּנ֖וּ tittᵊnˌû נתן give
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
לְוִיִּ֑ם lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite
מִ mi מִן from
קִּ֤יר qqˈîr קִיר wall
הָ הַ the
עִיר֙ ʕîr עִיר town
וָ וְ and
ח֔וּצָה ḥˈûṣā חוּץ outside
אֶ֥לֶף ʔˌelef אֶלֶף thousand
אַמָּ֖ה ʔammˌā אַמָּה cubit
סָבִֽיב׃ sāvˈîv סָבִיב surrounding
35:4. quae a muris civitatum forinsecus per circuitum mille passuum spatio tendentur
Which suburbs shall reach from the walls of the cities outward, a thousand paces on every side:
35:4. The suburbs shall extend from the outer walls of the cities, all around, for the space of one thousand steps.
35:4. And the suburbs of the cities, which ye shall give unto the Levites, [shall reach] from the wall of the city and outward a thousand cubits round about.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
4-5: Во избежание уклонения левитов от их прямых обязанностей в сторону преимущественного эксплуатирования земельных угодий, закон ограничивает пределы их земельной собственности количеством, необходимым лишь для нешироких хозяйственных потребностей.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
35:4: And the suburbs of the cities - shall reach from the wall of the city and outward a thousand cubits round about.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:4: thousand cubits: The Septuagint reads δισχιλιους πηχεις "two thousand cubits," as in the following verse; but this reading is not acknowledged by any other ancient version, except the Coptic, nor by any of the manuscripts collated by Kennicott and De Rossi. Various modes have been proposed for reconciling the accounts in these two verses, which appear in general to require full as much explanation as the text itself. The explanation of Maimonides is the only one that is intelligible, and appears perfectly satisfactory. "The suburbs," says he, "of the cities are expressed in the law to be 3, 000 cubits on every side, from the wall of the city and outwards. The first 1, 000 cubits are the suburbs; and the 2, 000, which they measured without the suburbs, were for fields and vineyards." The whole therefore, of the city, suburbs, fields, and vineyards, may be represented by the following diagram:
Land Usage Fields and vineyards Suburbs City 1, 000; Cubits 2, 000; Cubits
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
35:4
The pasture lands of the different towns were to measure "from the town wall outwards a thousand cubits round about," i.e., on each of the four sides. "And measure from without the city, the east side 2000 cubits, and the south side 2000 cubits, and the west side 2000 cubits, and the north side 2000 cubits, and the city in the middle," i.e., so that the town stood in the middle of the measured lines, and the space which they occupied was not included in the 2000 cubits. The meaning of these instructions, which have caused great perplexity to commentators, and have latterly been explained by Saalschtz (Mos. R. pp. 100, 101) in a marvellously erroneous manner, was correctly expounded by J. D. Michaelis in the notes to his translation. We must picture the towns and the surrounding fields as squares, the pasturage as stretching 1000 cubits from the city wall in every direction, as the accompanying figures show, and the length of each outer side as 2000 cubits, apart from the length of the city wall: so that, if the town itself occupied a square of 1000 cubits (see fig. a), the outer side of the town fields would measure 2000 + 1000 cubits in every direction; but if each side of the city wall was only 500 cubits long (see fig. b), the outer side of the town fields would measure 2000 + 500 cubits in every direction.
John Gill
35:4 And the suburbs of the cities which ye shall give unto the Levites,.... The dimensions and bounds of them were not left to the Israelites, to give what ground they pleased for this purpose, but were fixed to what length they should be: these
shall reach from the walls of the city, and outward, a thousand cubits round about; which was half a sabbath day's journey, and pretty near half a mile, which all around a city must contain a considerable quantity of ground, if the city was of any size, as it is certain that some of them given them at least were.
John Wesley
35:4 A thousand cubits - In the next verse it is two thousand. But this verse and the next do not speak to the same thing; this speaks of the space from whence the suburbs shall be measured, the next speaks of the space unto which that measure shall be extended; and the words may very well be read thus. And the suburbs - Shall be from the wall of the city and from without it, or, from the outward parts of it, even from a thousand cubits round about. Which are mentioned not as the thing measured, but as the space from which the measuring line should begin. And then it follows, Num 35:5. And ye shall measure from without the city, (not from the wall of the city, as said before Num 35:4, but from without it, that is, from the said outward space of a thousand cubits without the wall of the city round about) on the east side two thousand cubits. So in truth there were three thousand cubits from the wall of the city, whereof one thousand probably were for out - houses, stalls for cattle, gardens, vineyards and olive - yards, and the other two thousand for pasture, which are therefore called the field of the suburbs, Lev 25:34, by way of distinction from the suburbs themselves, which consist of the first thousand cubits from the wall of the city.
35:535:5: Եւ չափեսջի՛ք արտաքոյ քաղաքին, յարեւելից կողմանէ երկուս հազարս կանգունս. եւ ընդ ծովակողմն երկուս հազարս կանգունս. եւ ընդ կողմն հիւսւսի՝ երկուս հազարս կանգունս. եւ ընդ կողմն հարաւոյ՝ երկուս հազարս կանգունս. եւ քաղաքք ՚ի մէջ այնորիկ լինիցի ձեզ. եւ զարուարձանս քաղաքացն[1601]։ [1601] Ոմանք. Յարեւելից կող՛՛.. եւ ընդ կողմն հիւսիսոյ.. եւ ընդ ծովակողմ.. եւ ընդ կողմ հարաւոյ։
5 Քաղաքից դուրս, արեւելեան կողմում չափեցէ՛ք երկու հազար կանգուն, ծովի կողմում՝ երկու հազար կանգուն, հիւսիսային կողմում՝ երկու հազար կանգուն, հարաւային կողմում՝ երկու հազար կանգուն: Դրանց մէջտեղում գտնուող քաղաքը, ինչպէս եւ նրա շուրջն ընկած տարածքը պէտք է պատկանեն ղեւտացիներին:
5 Ուստի քաղաքին դուրսը արեւելեան կողմէն՝ երկու հազար կանգուն, հարաւային կողմէն՝ երկու հազար կանգուն, արեւմտեան կողմէն՝ երկու հազար կանգուն ու հիւսիսային կողմէն երկու հազար կանգուն պէտք է չափէք, իսկ քաղաքը մէջտեղը պէտք է ըլլայ։ Անոնց քաղաքներուն արուարձանները այսպէս ըլլալու են։
Եւ չափեսջիք արտաքոյ քաղաքին, յարեւելից կողմանէ երկուս հազարս կանգունս, եւ ընդ հարաւոյ կողմն երկուս հազարս կանգունս, եւ ընդ ծովակողմն երկուս հազարս կանգունս, եւ ընդ կողմն հիւսիսի երկուս հազարս կանգունս. եւ քաղաք [561]ի մէջ այնորիկ լինիցի ձեզ. եւ զարուարձանս`` քաղաքացն:

35:5: Եւ չափեսջի՛ք արտաքոյ քաղաքին, յարեւելից կողմանէ երկուս հազարս կանգունս. եւ ընդ ծովակողմն երկուս հազարս կանգունս. եւ ընդ կողմն հիւսւսի՝ երկուս հազարս կանգունս. եւ ընդ կողմն հարաւոյ՝ երկուս հազարս կանգունս. եւ քաղաքք ՚ի մէջ այնորիկ լինիցի ձեզ. եւ զարուարձանս քաղաքացն[1601]։
[1601] Ոմանք. Յարեւելից կող՛՛.. եւ ընդ կողմն հիւսիսոյ.. եւ ընդ ծովակողմ.. եւ ընդ կողմ հարաւոյ։
5 Քաղաքից դուրս, արեւելեան կողմում չափեցէ՛ք երկու հազար կանգուն, ծովի կողմում՝ երկու հազար կանգուն, հիւսիսային կողմում՝ երկու հազար կանգուն, հարաւային կողմում՝ երկու հազար կանգուն: Դրանց մէջտեղում գտնուող քաղաքը, ինչպէս եւ նրա շուրջն ընկած տարածքը պէտք է պատկանեն ղեւտացիներին:
5 Ուստի քաղաքին դուրսը արեւելեան կողմէն՝ երկու հազար կանգուն, հարաւային կողմէն՝ երկու հազար կանգուն, արեւմտեան կողմէն՝ երկու հազար կանգուն ու հիւսիսային կողմէն երկու հազար կանգուն պէտք է չափէք, իսկ քաղաքը մէջտեղը պէտք է ըլլայ։ Անոնց քաղաքներուն արուարձանները այսպէս ըլլալու են։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:55: и отмерьте за городом к восточной стороне две тысячи локтей, и к южной стороне две тысячи локтей, и к западу две тысячи локтей, и к северной стороне две тысячи локтей, а посредине город: таковы будут у них поля при городах.
35:5 καὶ και and; even μετρήσεις μετρεω measure ἔξω εξω outside τῆς ο the πόλεως πολις city τὸ ο the κλίτος κλιτος the πρὸς προς to; toward ἀνατολὰς ανατολη springing up; east δισχιλίους δισχιλιοι two thousand πήχεις πηχυς forearm; foot and a half καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the κλίτος κλιτος the πρὸς προς to; toward λίβα λιψ southwest wind δισχιλίους δισχιλιοι two thousand πήχεις πηχυς forearm; foot and a half καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the κλίτος κλιτος the πρὸς προς to; toward θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea δισχιλίους δισχιλιοι two thousand πήχεις πηχυς forearm; foot and a half καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the κλίτος κλιτος the πρὸς προς to; toward βορρᾶν βορρας north wind δισχιλίους δισχιλιοι two thousand πήχεις πηχυς forearm; foot and a half καὶ και and; even ἡ ο the πόλις πολις city μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle τούτου ουτος this; he ἔσται ειμι be ὑμῖν υμιν you καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the ὅμορα ομορος the πόλεων πολις city
35:5 וּ û וְ and מַדֹּתֶ֞ם maddōṯˈem מדד measure מִ mi מִן from ח֣וּץ ḥˈûṣ חוּץ outside לָ lā לְ to † הַ the עִ֗יר ʕˈîr עִיר town אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] פְּאַת־ pᵊʔaṯ- פֵּאָה corner קֵ֣דְמָה qˈēḏᵊmā קֶדֶם front אַלְפַּ֪יִם ʔalpˈayim אֶלֶף thousand בָּֽ bˈā בְּ in † הַ the אַמָּ֟ה ʔammˈā אַמָּה cubit וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] פְּאַת־ pᵊʔaṯ- פֵּאָה corner נֶגֶב֩ neḡˌev נֶגֶב south אַלְפַּ֨יִם ʔalpˌayim אֶלֶף thousand בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אַמָּ֜ה ʔammˈā אַמָּה cubit וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] פְּאַת־ pᵊʔaṯ- פֵּאָה corner יָ֣ם׀ yˈom יָם sea אַלְפַּ֣יִם ʔalpˈayim אֶלֶף thousand בָּֽ bˈā בְּ in † הַ the אַמָּ֗ה ʔammˈā אַמָּה cubit וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֨ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] פְּאַ֥ת pᵊʔˌaṯ פֵּאָה corner צָפֹ֛ון ṣāfˈôn צָפֹון north אַלְפַּ֥יִם ʔalpˌayim אֶלֶף thousand בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אַמָּ֖ה ʔammˌā אַמָּה cubit וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the עִ֣יר ʕˈîr עִיר town בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the תָּ֑וֶךְ ttˈāweḵ תָּוֶךְ midst זֶ֚ה ˈzeh זֶה this יִהְיֶ֣ה yihyˈeh היה be לָהֶ֔ם lāhˈem לְ to מִגְרְשֵׁ֖י miḡrᵊšˌê מִגְרָשׁ pasture הֶ he הַ the עָרִֽים׃ ʕārˈîm עִיר town
35:5. contra orientem duo milia erunt cubiti et contra meridiem similiter duo milia ad mare quoque quod respicit occidentem eadem mensura erit et septentrionalis plaga aequali termino finietur eruntque urbes in medio et foris suburbanaToward the east shall be two thousand cubits: and toward the south in like manner shall be two thousand cubits: toward the sea also, which looketh to the west, shall be the same extent: and the north side shall be bounded with the like limits. And the cities shall be in the midst, and the suburbs without.
5. And ye shall measure without the city for the east side two thousand cubits, and for the south side two thousand cubits, and for the west side two thousand cubits, and for the north side two thousand cubits, the city being in the midst. This shall be to them the suburbs of the cities.
35:5. Facing the east, there shall be two thousand cubits, and facing the south, similarly, there shall be two thousand cubits. Toward the sea, also, which looks out toward the west, there shall be the same measure, and the northern region shall be bounded by equal limits. And the cities shall be in the center, and the suburbs shall be outside.
35:5. And ye shall measure from without the city on the east side two thousand cubits, and on the south side two thousand cubits, and on the west side two thousand cubits, and on the north side two thousand cubits; and the city [shall be] in the midst: this shall be to them the suburbs of the cities.
And ye shall measure from without the city on the east side two thousand cubits, and on the south side two thousand cubits, and on the west side two thousand cubits, and on the north side two thousand cubits; and the city [shall be] in the midst: this shall be to them the suburbs of the cities:

5: и отмерьте за городом к восточной стороне две тысячи локтей, и к южной стороне две тысячи локтей, и к западу две тысячи локтей, и к северной стороне две тысячи локтей, а посредине город: таковы будут у них поля при городах.
35:5
καὶ και and; even
μετρήσεις μετρεω measure
ἔξω εξω outside
τῆς ο the
πόλεως πολις city
τὸ ο the
κλίτος κλιτος the
πρὸς προς to; toward
ἀνατολὰς ανατολη springing up; east
δισχιλίους δισχιλιοι two thousand
πήχεις πηχυς forearm; foot and a half
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
κλίτος κλιτος the
πρὸς προς to; toward
λίβα λιψ southwest wind
δισχιλίους δισχιλιοι two thousand
πήχεις πηχυς forearm; foot and a half
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
κλίτος κλιτος the
πρὸς προς to; toward
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
δισχιλίους δισχιλιοι two thousand
πήχεις πηχυς forearm; foot and a half
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
κλίτος κλιτος the
πρὸς προς to; toward
βορρᾶν βορρας north wind
δισχιλίους δισχιλιοι two thousand
πήχεις πηχυς forearm; foot and a half
καὶ και and; even
ο the
πόλις πολις city
μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τούτου ουτος this; he
ἔσται ειμι be
ὑμῖν υμιν you
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
ὅμορα ομορος the
πόλεων πολις city
35:5
וּ û וְ and
מַדֹּתֶ֞ם maddōṯˈem מדד measure
מִ mi מִן from
ח֣וּץ ḥˈûṣ חוּץ outside
לָ לְ to
הַ the
עִ֗יר ʕˈîr עִיר town
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
פְּאַת־ pᵊʔaṯ- פֵּאָה corner
קֵ֣דְמָה qˈēḏᵊmā קֶדֶם front
אַלְפַּ֪יִם ʔalpˈayim אֶלֶף thousand
בָּֽ bˈā בְּ in
הַ the
אַמָּ֟ה ʔammˈā אַמָּה cubit
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
פְּאַת־ pᵊʔaṯ- פֵּאָה corner
נֶגֶב֩ neḡˌev נֶגֶב south
אַלְפַּ֨יִם ʔalpˌayim אֶלֶף thousand
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אַמָּ֜ה ʔammˈā אַמָּה cubit
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
פְּאַת־ pᵊʔaṯ- פֵּאָה corner
יָ֣ם׀ yˈom יָם sea
אַלְפַּ֣יִם ʔalpˈayim אֶלֶף thousand
בָּֽ bˈā בְּ in
הַ the
אַמָּ֗ה ʔammˈā אַמָּה cubit
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֨ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
פְּאַ֥ת pᵊʔˌaṯ פֵּאָה corner
צָפֹ֛ון ṣāfˈôn צָפֹון north
אַלְפַּ֥יִם ʔalpˌayim אֶלֶף thousand
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אַמָּ֖ה ʔammˌā אַמָּה cubit
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
עִ֣יר ʕˈîr עִיר town
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
תָּ֑וֶךְ ttˈāweḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
זֶ֚ה ˈzeh זֶה this
יִהְיֶ֣ה yihyˈeh היה be
לָהֶ֔ם lāhˈem לְ to
מִגְרְשֵׁ֖י miḡrᵊšˌê מִגְרָשׁ pasture
הֶ he הַ the
עָרִֽים׃ ʕārˈîm עִיר town
35:5. contra orientem duo milia erunt cubiti et contra meridiem similiter duo milia ad mare quoque quod respicit occidentem eadem mensura erit et septentrionalis plaga aequali termino finietur eruntque urbes in medio et foris suburbana
Toward the east shall be two thousand cubits: and toward the south in like manner shall be two thousand cubits: toward the sea also, which looketh to the west, shall be the same extent: and the north side shall be bounded with the like limits. And the cities shall be in the midst, and the suburbs without.
35:5. Facing the east, there shall be two thousand cubits, and facing the south, similarly, there shall be two thousand cubits. Toward the sea, also, which looks out toward the west, there shall be the same measure, and the northern region shall be bounded by equal limits. And the cities shall be in the center, and the suburbs shall be outside.
35:5. And ye shall measure from without the city on the east side two thousand cubits, and on the south side two thousand cubits, and on the west side two thousand cubits, and on the north side two thousand cubits; and the city [shall be] in the midst: this shall be to them the suburbs of the cities.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
35:5: And ye shall measure from without the city - two thousand cubits, etc. - Commentators have been much puzzled with the accounts in these two verses. In Num 35:4 the measure is said to be 1,000 cubits from the wall; in Num 35:5 the measure is said to be 2,000 from without the city. It is likely these two measures mean the same thing; at least so it was understood by the Septuagint and Coptic, who have δισχιλιους πηχεις, 2,000 cubits, in the fourth, as well as in the fifth verse; but this reading of the Septuagint and Coptic is not acknowledged by any other of the ancient versions, nor by any of the MSS. collated by Kennicott and De Rossi. We must seek therefore for some other method of reconciling this apparently contradictory account. Sundry modes have been proposed by commentators, which appear to me, in general, to require full as much explanation as the text itself. Maimonides is the only one intelligible on the subject. "The suburbs," says he, "of the cities are expressed in the law to be 3,000 cubits on every side from the wall of the city and outwards. The first thousand cubits are the suburbs, and the 2,000, which they measured without the suburbs, were for fields and vineyards." The whole, therefore, of the city, suburbs, fields, and vineyards, may be represented by the diagram.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
35:5: From without the city - Omit "from." The demarcation here intended would run parallel to the wall of the city, outside which it was made. To guard against any restrictions of area, due to such causes as the irregular forms of the cities or the physical obstacles of the ground, it was ordained that the suburb should, alike on north, south, east, and west, present, at a distance of one thousand cubits (or, nearly one-third of a mile) from the wall, a front not less than two thousand cubits in length; and, by joining the extremities of these measured fronts according to the nature of the ground, a sufficient space for the Levites would be secured.
Geneva 1599
35:5 And ye shall measure from without the city on the east side (c) two thousand cubits, and on the south side two thousand cubits, and on the west side two thousand cubits, and on the north side two thousand cubits; and the city [shall be] in the midst: this shall be to them the suburbs of the cities.
(c) So that in all were three thousand, and in the compass of these two thousand, they might plant and sow.
John Gill
35:5 And ye shall measure from without the city on the east side two thousand cubits,.... Before only 1000 cubits were ordered to bemeasured, and now 2000, even 2000 more, which were to be added to the other, and to begin where they ended. The first 1000 were for their cattle and goods, these 2000 for their gardens, orchards, fields, and vineyards; and so the Jewish writers understand it. Jarchi observes, that 1000 cubits are ordered, and after that 2000; and asks, how is this? or how is it to be reconciled? to which he answers, 2000 are put to them round about, and of them the 1000 innermost are for suburbs, and the outermost (i.e. the 2000) are for fields and vineyards; and with this agrees the Misnah (a), from whence he seems to have taken it; and the same was to be on every other side of the city, south, west, and north, as follows:
and on the south side two thousand cubits, and on the west side two thousand cubits, and on the north side two thousand cubits; which, added to the other 1000 all around, must make a large circumference of land:
and the city shall be in the midst; in the midst of the circuit of three thousand cubits all around, so that it must stand very pleasant and convenient:
this shall be to them the suburbs of the cities; such a quantity of ground, consisting of so many cubits, shall be assigned to every city; the suburbs or glebe land to a Levite's city, on the four sides were four squares, and each square consisted of seventy six acres, one rood, twenty perches, and eighty square feet; all the four squares amounting to three hundred and five acres, two roods, one perch, besides fifty seven feet square, according to Bishop Cumberland.
(a) Sotah, c. 5. sect. 3. Maimon. & Bartenora in ib.
35:635:6: Եւ զքաղաքսն զորս տայցէք Ղեւտացւոցն զվեց քաղաքս ապաստանից զոր տայցէք՝ փախչե՛լ անդր սպանողին. եւ այնու քառասուն եւ երկուս քաղաքս[1602]։ [1602] Օրինակ մի կրկնէ. Քառասուն եւ երկուս՝ քառասուն եւ երկուս քաղաքս. եւ ընդ ամենայն։
6 Ղեւտացիներին, բացի յիշեալ քաղաքներից, պէտք է տրուի վեց քաղաք եւս, որոնք ապաստան պիտի ծառայեն սպանութիւն գործած մարդկանց: Այս բոլոր քաղաքներից բացի, նրանց պիտի տաք քառասուներկու քաղաքներ:
6 Ղեւտացիներուն տրուելիք քաղաքներէն վեցը իբր ապաստանի քաղաք որոշեցէք, որպէս զի սպաննողը հոն փախչի։ Ասոնցմէ զատ քառասունըերկու քաղաք ալ տուէք։
Եւ զքաղաքսն զորս տայցէք Ղեւտացւոցն, զվեց քաղաքս ապաստանից զոր տայցէք, փախչել անդր սպանողին. եւ այնու քառասուն եւ երկուս քաղաքս:

35:6: Եւ զքաղաքսն զորս տայցէք Ղեւտացւոցն զվեց քաղաքս ապաստանից զոր տայցէք՝ փախչե՛լ անդր սպանողին. եւ այնու քառասուն եւ երկուս քաղաքս[1602]։
[1602] Օրինակ մի կրկնէ. Քառասուն եւ երկուս՝ քառասուն եւ երկուս քաղաքս. եւ ընդ ամենայն։
6 Ղեւտացիներին, բացի յիշեալ քաղաքներից, պէտք է տրուի վեց քաղաք եւս, որոնք ապաստան պիտի ծառայեն սպանութիւն գործած մարդկանց: Այս բոլոր քաղաքներից բացի, նրանց պիտի տաք քառասուներկու քաղաքներ:
6 Ղեւտացիներուն տրուելիք քաղաքներէն վեցը իբր ապաստանի քաղաք որոշեցէք, որպէս զի սպաննողը հոն փախչի։ Ասոնցմէ զատ քառասունըերկու քաղաք ալ տուէք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:66: Из городов, которые вы дадите левитам, [будут] шесть городов для убежища, в которые вы позволите убегать убийце; и сверх их дайте сорок два города:
35:6 καὶ και and; even τὰς ο the πόλεις πολις city δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit τοῖς ο the Λευίταις λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis τὰς ο the ἓξ εξ six πόλεις πολις city τῶν ο the φυγαδευτηρίων φυγαδευτηριον who; what δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit φεύγειν φευγω flee ἐκεῖ εκει there τῷ ο the φονεύσαντι φονευω murder καὶ και and; even πρὸς προς to; toward ταύταις ουτος this; he τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty καὶ και and; even δύο δυο two πόλεις πολις city
35:6 וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֣ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker] הֶֽ hˈe הַ the עָרִ֗ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] תִּתְּנוּ֙ tittᵊnˌû נתן give לַ la לְ to † הַ the לְוִיִּ֔ם lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite אֵ֚ת ˈʔēṯ אֵת [object marker] שֵׁשׁ־ šēš- שֵׁשׁ six עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town הַ ha הַ the מִּקְלָ֔ט mmiqlˈāṭ מִקְלָט refuge אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] תִּתְּנ֔וּ tittᵊnˈû נתן give לָ lā לְ to נֻ֥ס nˌus נוס flee שָׁ֖מָּה šˌāmmā שָׁם there הָ hā הַ the רֹצֵ֑חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill וַ wa וְ and עֲלֵיהֶ֣ם ʕᵃlêhˈem עַל upon תִּתְּנ֔וּ tittᵊnˈû נתן give אַרְבָּעִ֥ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four וּ û וְ and שְׁתַּ֖יִם šᵊttˌayim שְׁנַיִם two עִֽיר׃ ʕˈîr עִיר town
35:6. de ipsis autem oppidis quae Levitis dabitis sex erunt in fugitivorum auxilia separata ut fugiat ad ea qui fuderit sanguinem exceptis his alia quadraginta duo oppidaAnd among the cities, which you shall give to the Levites, six shall be separated for refuge to fugitives, that he who hath shed blood may flee to them: and besides these there shall be other forty-two cities,
6. And the cities which ye shall give unto the Levites, they shall be the six cities of refuge, which ye shall give for the manslayer to flee thither: and beside them ye shall give forty and two cities.
35:6. Now, from the towns which you shall give to the Levites, six shall be separated for the assistance of fugitives, so that he who has shed blood may flee to them. And, aside from these, there shall be forty-two other towns,
35:6. And among the cities which ye shall give unto the Levites [there shall be] six cities for refuge, which ye shall appoint for the manslayer, that he may flee thither: and to them ye shall add forty and two cities.
And among the cities which ye shall give unto the Levites [there shall be] six cities for refuge, which ye shall appoint for the manslayer, that he may flee thither: and to them ye shall add forty and two cities:

6: Из городов, которые вы дадите левитам, [будут] шесть городов для убежища, в которые вы позволите убегать убийце; и сверх их дайте сорок два города:
35:6
καὶ και and; even
τὰς ο the
πόλεις πολις city
δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit
τοῖς ο the
Λευίταις λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis
τὰς ο the
ἓξ εξ six
πόλεις πολις city
τῶν ο the
φυγαδευτηρίων φυγαδευτηριον who; what
δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit
φεύγειν φευγω flee
ἐκεῖ εκει there
τῷ ο the
φονεύσαντι φονευω murder
καὶ και and; even
πρὸς προς to; toward
ταύταις ουτος this; he
τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty
καὶ και and; even
δύο δυο two
πόλεις πολις city
35:6
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֣ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker]
הֶֽ hˈe הַ the
עָרִ֗ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
תִּתְּנוּ֙ tittᵊnˌû נתן give
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
לְוִיִּ֔ם lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite
אֵ֚ת ˈʔēṯ אֵת [object marker]
שֵׁשׁ־ šēš- שֵׁשׁ six
עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town
הַ ha הַ the
מִּקְלָ֔ט mmiqlˈāṭ מִקְלָט refuge
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
תִּתְּנ֔וּ tittᵊnˈû נתן give
לָ לְ to
נֻ֥ס nˌus נוס flee
שָׁ֖מָּה šˌāmmā שָׁם there
הָ הַ the
רֹצֵ֑חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
וַ wa וְ and
עֲלֵיהֶ֣ם ʕᵃlêhˈem עַל upon
תִּתְּנ֔וּ tittᵊnˈû נתן give
אַרְבָּעִ֥ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four
וּ û וְ and
שְׁתַּ֖יִם šᵊttˌayim שְׁנַיִם two
עִֽיר׃ ʕˈîr עִיר town
35:6. de ipsis autem oppidis quae Levitis dabitis sex erunt in fugitivorum auxilia separata ut fugiat ad ea qui fuderit sanguinem exceptis his alia quadraginta duo oppida
And among the cities, which you shall give to the Levites, six shall be separated for refuge to fugitives, that he who hath shed blood may flee to them: and besides these there shall be other forty-two cities,
35:6. Now, from the towns which you shall give to the Levites, six shall be separated for the assistance of fugitives, so that he who has shed blood may flee to them. And, aside from these, there shall be forty-two other towns,
35:6. And among the cities which ye shall give unto the Levites [there shall be] six cities for refuge, which ye shall appoint for the manslayer, that he may flee thither: and to them ye shall add forty and two cities.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
35:6: The Levitical cities were in an special manner the Lord's; and therefore the places of refuge, where the manslayer might remain under the protection of a special institution devised by divine mercy, were appropriately selected from among them. No doubt also the Priests and Levites would be the fittest persons to administer the law in the doubtful cases which would be sure to occur: compare Num 35:24 note.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:6: six cities for refuge: Num 35:13, Num 35:14; Deu 4:41-43; Jos 20:2-9, Jos 21:3, Jos 21:13, Jos 21:21, Jos 21:27, Jos 21:32, Jos 21:36, Jos 21:38; Psa 9:9; Psa 62:7, Psa 62:8, Psa 142:4, Psa 142:5; Isa 4:6; Mat 11:28; Heb 6:18
to them ye shall add: Heb. above them ye shall give
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
35:6
Of these cities which were given up to the Levites, six were to serve as cities of refuge (see at Num 35:12) for manslayers, and in addition to these (עליהם, over upon them) the Israelites were to give of their possessions forty-two others, that is to say, forty-eight in all; and they were to do this, giving much from every tribe that had much, and little from the one which had little (Num 26:54). With the accusatives הערים את and ערי שׁשׁ עת (Num 35:6), the writer has already in his mind the verbs תּרבּוּ and תּמעיטוּ of Num 35:8, where he takes up the object again in the word והערים. According to Josh 21, the Levites received nine cities in the territory of Judah and Simeon, four in the territory of each of the other tribes, with the exception of Naphtali, in which there were only three, that is to say, ten in the land to the east of the Jordan, and thirty-eight in Canaan proper, of which the thirteen given up by Judah, Simeon, and Benjamin were assigned to the families of the priests, and the other thirty-five to the three Levitical families. This distribution of the Levites among all the tribes - by which the curse of division and dispersion in Israel, which had been pronounced upon Levi in Jacob's blessing (Gen 49:7), was changed into a blessing both for the Levites themselves and also for all Israel - was in perfect accordance with the election and destination of this tribe. Called out of the whole nation to be the peculiar possession of Jehovah, to watch over His covenant, and teach Israel His rights and His law (Deut 33:9-10; Lev 10:11; Deut 31:9-13), the Levites were to form and set forth among all the tribes the ἐκλογή of the nation of Jehovah's possession, and by their walk as well as by their calling to remind the Israelites continually of their own divine calling; to foster and preserve the law and testimony of the Lord in Israel, and to awaken and spread the fear of God and piety among all the tribes. Whilst their distribution among all the tribes corresponded to this appointment, the fact that they were not scattered in all the towns and villages of the other tribes, but were congregated together in separate towns among the different tribes, preserved them from the disadvantages of standing alone, and defended them from the danger of moral and spiritual declension. Lastly, in the number forty-eight, the quadrupling of the number of the tribes (twelve) is unmistakeable. Now, as the number four is the seal of the kingdom of God in the world, the idea of the kingdom of God is also represented in the four times twelve towns (cf. Bhr, Symbolik, ii. pp. 50, 51).
John Gill
35:6 And among the cities which ye shall give unto the Levites,.... The number of which is not yet expressed, but is afterwards: there shall be
six cities for refuge; a sort of asylums, of which there were many among the Heathens, perhaps in imitation of these, for persons to have recourse to for safety, when in danger of life: the Septuagint render the words, "cities of flight" (b); or to flee unto, which certainly was the use of them: to this the apostle alludes when he speaks of some that fled for refuge, to lay hold on the hope set before them, Heb 6:18, the word (c) used for refuge signifies "gathering or receiving", for here persons in distress gathered or betook themselves; and here they were received, retained, protected, and sheltered: what and where these six cities were to be, and were, is after shown:
which ye shall appoint for the manslayer; not for any and everyone, not for one that killed a man presumptuously and purposely, through enmity and malice, but for one that did it ignorantly, unawares, and without design:
that he may flee thither; with all haste, after the commission of the fact; and, to facilitate his flight, and that he might have no interruption in it, the sanhedrim were obliged to prepare the ways to the cities of refuge, and to make them fit and large; and they removed everything that might cause him to stumble; and they did not leave in the way neither an hillock, nor a dale, nor a river but they made a bridge over it, that nothing might retard him that fled thither, as it is said:
thou shalt prepare thee a way; Deut 19:3 and the breadth of the way to the cities of refuge was not less than thirty two cubits; and at the parting of ways (on posts erected) were written, "refuge, refuge", so that the slayer might know (the way) and turn there (as this directed him): and on the fifteenth of Adar or February, they met every year, to take care of this business (d); and they also appointed two disciples of the wise men, or two studious and understanding persons, to accompany him, not so much for the direction of the way, as lest the avenger of blood should meet with him, and slay him in the way; and who were to talk to him, and persuade him not to do it, suggesting to him that it was not done designedly, but unawares, and that it would be a bad thing to kill a man for what he did not intend to do, and which was done without any malice or enmity to the person killed, and with such like words to cool and appease the avenger (e):
and to them ye shall add forty two cities; according to the Jewish writers these also were cities of refuge; for so they say (f),"all the cities of the Levites receive or are refuges, every one of them is a city of refuge, as it is said, "and to them ye shall add", &c. the Scripture makes them all alike for refuge: what difference is there between cities of refuge, which are separated for refuge, and the rest of the cities of the Levites? the gates of the cities of refuge receive, whether according to knowledge or not, (which Mr. Selden (g) interprets, whether the inhabitants will or not; but the sense of Maimonides elsewhere (h), and of other writers, is plainly this, whether according to the knowledge and intention of the manslayer or not, whether he knows it to be a city of refuge or :not, and whether he purposely came thither for safety or not,) and he that enters into them is safe; but the rest of the cities of the Levites do not receive, but according to knowledge (when the manslayer knowingly and designedly came thither for shelter); and a manslayer that dwells in a city of refuge gives no more for his house, but he that dwells in the other cities of the Levites gives more (or pays for it) to the owner of the house;''but though this is their unanimous opinion, it rather seems, according to the letter of the Scripture, that only six were cities of refuge, and the rest were for the Levites to dwell in by themselves.
(b) , Sept. (c) "receptus", Junius & Tremellius; "collectionis", Piscator; R. Sol. Ohel Moed, fol. 82. 1. "proprie significat collectionem vel retentionem", Munster. (d) Maimon. Hilchot Rotzeach, c. 8. sect. 5. (e) Misn. Maccot, c. 2. sect. 5. & Maimon. & Bartenora in ib. (f) Maimon. ut supra, (d)) sect. 11. (g) De Jure Natarae & Gentium, l. 4. c. 2. p. 489. (h) Maimon. & Bartenora in Misn. Maccot, l. 2. sect. 4.
John Wesley
35:6 Cities for refuge - Or, of escape for manslayers: And these cities are assigned among the Levites, partly because they might be presumed to be the most proper and impartial judges between man - slayers, and wilful murderers; partly because their presence and authority would more effectually bridle the passions of the avenger of blood who might pursue him thither; and perhaps to signify, that it is only in Christ (whom the Levitical priests represented) that sinners find refuge and safety from the destroyer.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
35:6 CITIES OF REFUGE. (Num 35:6-8)
there shall be six cities for refuge, which ye shall appoint for the manslayer--The establishment of those privileged sanctuaries among the cities of the Levites is probably traceable to the idea, that they would be the most suitable and impartial judges--that their presence and counsels might calm or restrain the stormy passions of the blood avenger--and that, from their being invested with the sacred character, they might be types of Christ, in whom sinners find a refuge from the destroyer (see Deut 4:43; Josh 20:8).
35:735:7: Ընդ ամենայն քաղաքս՝ քառասո՛ւն եւ ութ քաղաք տայցէք Ղեւտացւոցն. եւ զնոսա՝ եւ զբուրաստանս իւրեանց։
7 Ղեւտացիներին տրուելիք քաղաքների թիւը կազմելու է քառասունութ՝ իրենց արօտավայրերով հանդերձ:
7 Ղեւտացիներուն տրուելիք քաղաքները քառասունըութը հատ ըլլալու են, իրենց արուարձաններով։
Ընդ ամենայն քաղաքս` քառասուն եւ ութ քաղաք տայցէք Ղեւտացւոցն, եւ զնոսա եւ [562]զբուրաստանս իւրեանց:

35:7: Ընդ ամենայն քաղաքս՝ քառասո՛ւն եւ ութ քաղաք տայցէք Ղեւտացւոցն. եւ զնոսա՝ եւ զբուրաստանս իւրեանց։
7 Ղեւտացիներին տրուելիք քաղաքների թիւը կազմելու է քառասունութ՝ իրենց արօտավայրերով հանդերձ:
7 Ղեւտացիներուն տրուելիք քաղաքները քառասունըութը հատ ըլլալու են, իրենց արուարձաններով։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:77: всех городов, которые вы должны дать левитам, [будет] сорок восемь городов, с полями при них.
35:7 πάσας πας all; every τὰς ο the πόλεις πολις city δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit τοῖς ο the Λευίταις λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty καὶ και and; even ὀκτὼ οκτω eight πόλεις πολις city ταύτας ουτος this; he καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the προάστεια προαστειον he; him
35:7 כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הֶ he הַ the עָרִ֗ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] תִּתְּנוּ֙ tittᵊnˌû נתן give לַ la לְ to † הַ the לְוִיִּ֔ם lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite אַרְבָּעִ֥ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four וּ û וְ and שְׁמֹנֶ֖ה šᵊmōnˌeh שְׁמֹנֶה eight עִ֑יר ʕˈîr עִיר town אֶתְהֶ֖ן ʔeṯhˌen אֵת [object marker] וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מִגְרְשֵׁיהֶֽן׃ miḡrᵊšêhˈen מִגְרָשׁ pasture
35:7. id est simul quadraginta octo cum suburbanis suisThat is, in all forty-eight with their suburbs.
7. All the cities which ye shall give to the Levites shall be forty and eight cities: them with their suburbs.
35:7. that is, all together forty-eight with their suburbs.
35:7. [So] all the cities which ye shall give to the Levites [shall be] forty and eight cities: them [shall ye give] with their suburbs.
So all the cities which ye shall give to the Levites [shall be] forty and eight cities: them [shall ye give] with their suburbs:

7: всех городов, которые вы должны дать левитам, [будет] сорок восемь городов, с полями при них.
35:7
πάσας πας all; every
τὰς ο the
πόλεις πολις city
δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit
τοῖς ο the
Λευίταις λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis
τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty
καὶ και and; even
ὀκτὼ οκτω eight
πόλεις πολις city
ταύτας ουτος this; he
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
προάστεια προαστειον he; him
35:7
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הֶ he הַ the
עָרִ֗ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
תִּתְּנוּ֙ tittᵊnˌû נתן give
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
לְוִיִּ֔ם lᵊwiyyˈim לֵוִי Levite
אַרְבָּעִ֥ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four
וּ û וְ and
שְׁמֹנֶ֖ה šᵊmōnˌeh שְׁמֹנֶה eight
עִ֑יר ʕˈîr עִיר town
אֶתְהֶ֖ן ʔeṯhˌen אֵת [object marker]
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מִגְרְשֵׁיהֶֽן׃ miḡrᵊšêhˈen מִגְרָשׁ pasture
35:7. id est simul quadraginta octo cum suburbanis suis
That is, in all forty-eight with their suburbs.
35:7. that is, all together forty-eight with their suburbs.
35:7. [So] all the cities which ye shall give to the Levites [shall be] forty and eight cities: them [shall ye give] with their suburbs.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:7: jos 21:3-42; ch1 6:54-81
John Gill
35:7 So all the cities which ye shall give to the Levites shall be forty eight cities,.... Of these forty eight cities, their names, and what tribes they were in, and which of them were particularly cities of refuge, an account is given in Josh 21:10,
them shall ye give, with their suburbs; according to the dimensions before prescribed.
35:835:8: Եւ զքաղաքս՝ զոր տայցէք ՚ի կալուածոց որդւոցն Իսրայէլի. ՚ի բազմաց՝ բազումս, եւ ՚ի սակաւուց՝ սակաւս. ըստ իւրաքանչիւր ժառանգութեան զոր ժառանգիցեն, տացեն ՚ի քաղաքա՛ց անտի Ղեւտացւոցն։
8 Իսրայէլացիների ժառանգած կալուածքներից ղեւտացիներին տրուելիք քաղաքները պիտի լինեն ըստ նրանց ստացած քաղաքների թուի. շատ ստացողը շատ պիտի տայ, քիչ ստացողը՝ քիչ: Իւրաքանչիւր ցեղ ըստ ժառանգա՛ծ տարածութեան քաղաքներ թող տայ ղեւտացիներին»:
8 Եւ այն քաղաքները, որոնք Իսրայէլի որդիներուն կալուածքէն պիտի տաք, շատուոր եղողէն՝ շատ, քիչուոր եղողէն քիչ պէտք է առնէք։ Ամէն մէկը իր առած ժառանգութեանը չափովը իր քաղաքներէն Ղեւտացիներուն պարտի տալ»։
Եւ զքաղաքս` զոր տայցէք ի կալուածոց որդւոցն Իսրայելի, ի բազմաց բազումս, եւ ի սակաւուց` սակաւս. ըստ իւրաքանչիւր ժառանգութեան զոր ժառանգիցեն` տացեն ի քաղաքաց անտի` Ղեւտացւոցն:

35:8: Եւ զքաղաքս՝ զոր տայցէք ՚ի կալուածոց որդւոցն Իսրայէլի. ՚ի բազմաց՝ բազումս, եւ ՚ի սակաւուց՝ սակաւս. ըստ իւրաքանչիւր ժառանգութեան զոր ժառանգիցեն, տացեն ՚ի քաղաքա՛ց անտի Ղեւտացւոցն։
8 Իսրայէլացիների ժառանգած կալուածքներից ղեւտացիներին տրուելիք քաղաքները պիտի լինեն ըստ նրանց ստացած քաղաքների թուի. շատ ստացողը շատ պիտի տայ, քիչ ստացողը՝ քիչ: Իւրաքանչիւր ցեղ ըստ ժառանգա՛ծ տարածութեան քաղաքներ թող տայ ղեւտացիներին»:
8 Եւ այն քաղաքները, որոնք Իսրայէլի որդիներուն կալուածքէն պիտի տաք, շատուոր եղողէն՝ շատ, քիչուոր եղողէն քիչ պէտք է առնէք։ Ամէն մէկը իր առած ժառանգութեանը չափովը իր քաղաքներէն Ղեւտացիներուն պարտի տալ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:88: И когда будете давать города из владения сынов Израилевых, тогда из большего дайте более, из меньшего менее; каждое колено, смотря по уделу, какой получит, должно дать из городов своих левитам.
35:8 καὶ και and; even τὰς ο the πόλεις πολις city ἃς ος who; what δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the κατασχέσεως κατασχεσις holding υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the τὰ ο the πολλὰ πολυς much; many πολλὰ πολυς much; many καὶ και and; even ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the ἐλαττόνων ελασσων inferior; less ἐλάττω ελασσων inferior; less ἕκαστος εκαστος each κατὰ κατα down; by τὴν ο the κληρονομίαν κληρονομια inheritance αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἣν ος who; what κληρονομήσουσιν κληρονομεω inherit; heir δώσουσιν διδωμι give; deposit ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the πόλεων πολις city τοῖς ο the Λευίταις λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis
35:8 וְ wᵊ וְ and הֶֽ hˈe הַ the עָרִ֗ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] תִּתְּנוּ֙ tittᵊnˌû נתן give מֵ mē מִן from אֲחֻזַּ֣ת ʔᵃḥuzzˈaṯ אֲחֻזָּה land property בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel מֵ mē מִן from אֵ֤ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת together with הָ hā הַ the רַב֙ rˌav רַב much תַּרְבּ֔וּ tarbˈû רבה be many וּ û וְ and מֵ mē מִן from אֵ֥ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת together with הַ ha הַ the מְעַ֖ט mᵊʕˌaṭ מְעַט little תַּמְעִ֑יטוּ tamʕˈîṭû מעט be little אִ֗ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man כְּ kᵊ כְּ as פִ֤י fˈî פֶּה mouth נַחֲלָתֹו֙ naḥᵃlāṯˌô נַחֲלָה heritage אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יִנְחָ֔לוּ yinḥˈālû נחל take possession יִתֵּ֥ן yittˌēn נתן give מֵ mē מִן from עָרָ֖יו ʕārˌāʸw עִיר town לַ la לְ to † הַ the לְוִיִּֽם׃ פ lᵊwiyyˈim . f לֵוִי Levite
35:8. ipsaeque urbes quae dabuntur de possessionibus filiorum Israhel ab his qui plus habent plures auferentur et qui minus pauciores singuli iuxta mensuram hereditatis suae dabunt oppida LevitisAnd of these cities which shall be given out of the possessions of the children of Israel, from them that have more, more shall be taken: and from them that have less, fewer. Each shall give towns to the Levites according to the extent of their inheritance.
8. And concerning the cities which ye shall give of the possession of the children of Israel, from the many ye shall take many; and from the few ye shall take few: every one according to his inheritance which he inheriteth shall give of his cities unto the Levites.
35:8. And concerning these cities, which shall be given from the possessions of the sons of Israel: from those who have more, more shall be taken, and from those who have less, less shall be taken. Each shall give towns to the Levites according to the measure of their inheritance.”
35:8. And the cities which ye shall give [shall be] of the possession of the children of Israel: from [them that have] many ye shall give many; but from [them that have] few ye shall give few: every one shall give of his cities unto the Levites according to his inheritance which he inheriteth.
And the cities which ye shall give [shall be] of the possession of the children of Israel: from [them that have] many ye shall give many; but from [them that have] few ye shall give few: every one shall give of his cities unto the Levites according to his inheritance which he inheriteth:

8: И когда будете давать города из владения сынов Израилевых, тогда из большего дайте более, из меньшего менее; каждое колено, смотря по уделу, какой получит, должно дать из городов своих левитам.
35:8
καὶ και and; even
τὰς ο the
πόλεις πολις city
ἃς ος who; what
δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
κατασχέσεως κατασχεσις holding
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
τὰ ο the
πολλὰ πολυς much; many
πολλὰ πολυς much; many
καὶ και and; even
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
ἐλαττόνων ελασσων inferior; less
ἐλάττω ελασσων inferior; less
ἕκαστος εκαστος each
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὴν ο the
κληρονομίαν κληρονομια inheritance
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἣν ος who; what
κληρονομήσουσιν κληρονομεω inherit; heir
δώσουσιν διδωμι give; deposit
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
πόλεων πολις city
τοῖς ο the
Λευίταις λευιτης Leuΐtēs; Leitis
35:8
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֶֽ hˈe הַ the
עָרִ֗ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
תִּתְּנוּ֙ tittᵊnˌû נתן give
מֵ מִן from
אֲחֻזַּ֣ת ʔᵃḥuzzˈaṯ אֲחֻזָּה land property
בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
מֵ מִן from
אֵ֤ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת together with
הָ הַ the
רַב֙ rˌav רַב much
תַּרְבּ֔וּ tarbˈû רבה be many
וּ û וְ and
מֵ מִן from
אֵ֥ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת together with
הַ ha הַ the
מְעַ֖ט mᵊʕˌaṭ מְעַט little
תַּמְעִ֑יטוּ tamʕˈîṭû מעט be little
אִ֗ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
כְּ kᵊ כְּ as
פִ֤י fˈî פֶּה mouth
נַחֲלָתֹו֙ naḥᵃlāṯˌô נַחֲלָה heritage
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יִנְחָ֔לוּ yinḥˈālû נחל take possession
יִתֵּ֥ן yittˌēn נתן give
מֵ מִן from
עָרָ֖יו ʕārˌāʸw עִיר town
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
לְוִיִּֽם׃ פ lᵊwiyyˈim . f לֵוִי Levite
35:8. ipsaeque urbes quae dabuntur de possessionibus filiorum Israhel ab his qui plus habent plures auferentur et qui minus pauciores singuli iuxta mensuram hereditatis suae dabunt oppida Levitis
And of these cities which shall be given out of the possessions of the children of Israel, from them that have more, more shall be taken: and from them that have less, fewer. Each shall give towns to the Levites according to the extent of their inheritance.
35:8. And concerning these cities, which shall be given from the possessions of the sons of Israel: from those who have more, more shall be taken, and from those who have less, less shall be taken. Each shall give towns to the Levites according to the measure of their inheritance.”
35:8. And the cities which ye shall give [shall be] of the possession of the children of Israel: from [them that have] many ye shall give many; but from [them that have] few ye shall give few: every one shall give of his cities unto the Levites according to his inheritance which he inheriteth.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
35:8: Nine cities were eventually given to the Levites from the large joint inheritance of Judah and Simeon; three were taken from the territory of Naphtali, and the other tribes gave each four apiece.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:8: possession: Gen 49:7; Exo 32:28, Exo 32:29; Deu 33:8-11; Jos 21:3
from them: Num 26:54, Num 33:54; Exo 16:18; Co2 8:13, Co2 8:14
he inheriteth: Heb. they inherit
John Gill
35:8 And the cities which ye shall give shall be of the possession of the children of Israel,.... What shall fall by lot for their inheritance, and they shall be possessed of; and though they are, shall not refuse, nor grudge to give them, according to the direction of God, whose the land is, they holding it under him:
from them that have many ye shall give many, but from them that have few ye shall give few; which rule was observed; for out of Judah, whose lot was large, and out of Simeon, whose inheritance was within that of Judah, because it was so large, nine cities were given, whereas out of the other tribes only four cities out of each were given, and out of one of them but three, see Josh 21:1,
everyone shall give of his cities unto the Levites, according to his inheritance which he inheriteth; and the Levites, being thus dispersed among the several tribes, were of great advantage to them, to instruct them in the knowledge of divine things; so that though hereby Jacob's curse on this tribe had its fulfilment, that it should be divided in Jacob, and scattered in Israel, yet that became a blessing to the rest of the tribes; see Gen 49:7.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
35:8 the cities which ye shall give shall be of the possession of the children of Israel--The burden of furnishing those places for the residence and support of the Levitical order was to fall in equitable proportions upon the different tribes (see Num 33:54; Josh 20:7).
35:935:9: Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի՝ եւ ասէ.
9 Տէրը խօսեց Մովսէսի հետ եւ ասաց.
9 Տէրը խօսեցաւ Մովսէսին՝ ըսելով.
Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի եւ ասէ:

35:9: Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի՝ եւ ասէ.
9 Տէրը խօսեց Մովսէսի հետ եւ ասաց.
9 Տէրը խօսեցաւ Մովսէսին՝ ըսելով.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:99: И сказал Господь Моисею, говоря:
35:9 καὶ και and; even ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρὸς προς to; toward Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs λέγων λεγω tell; declare
35:9 וַ wa וְ and יְדַבֵּ֥ר yᵊḏabbˌēr דבר speak יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מֹשֶׁ֥ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses לֵּ llē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
35:9. ait Dominus ad MosenThe Lord said to Moses:
9. And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,
35:9. The Lord said to Moses:
35:9. And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,
And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying:

9: И сказал Господь Моисею, говоря:
35:9
καὶ και and; even
ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρὸς προς to; toward
Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
35:9
וַ wa וְ and
יְדַבֵּ֥ר yᵊḏabbˌēr דבר speak
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מֹשֶׁ֥ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
לֵּ llē לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
35:9. ait Dominus ad Mosen
The Lord said to Moses:
35:9. The Lord said to Moses:
35:9. And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
9-34: Распространенный на древнем Востоке обычай кровавой мести убийц со стороны родственников или людей близких к убитому имеет признание и в законе Моисея (ст. 19), как принцип, сдерживающий страсти враждующих, — хотя, в своем применении к укладу еврейской жизни, получает некоторые существенные видоизменения, гарантировавшие общество от несправедливости и жестокости возбужденного мстителя. Всякое убийство (и намеренное, и ненамеренное) подлежало прежде всего формальному судебному расследованию (ст. 16–24, 30). Оказавшийся умышленным убийцей предавался смертной казни (ст. 16–21, 30) без права выкупа (31–34). Оказавшийся же невольным убийцей получал возможность избегнуть кровавой расправы со стороны гоэла, спасшись в один из шести городов убежища и находясь там до смерти первосвященника. Со смертью первосвященника мститель лишался права кровавой мести, и невольный убийца получал все свои прежние права свободного гражданина (ст. 9–15, 22–29).

«Выкуп за убежавшего в город убежища, дабы позволить ему жить в своей земле прежде смерти первосвященника» (ст. 31), — не допускался. Страх возмездия и стеснительное во многих отношениях проживание в городе убежища должны были приучать евреев к осторожности в обращении с жизнью ближнего.

Разрешающее в данном случае значение смерти ветхозаветного первосвященника прообразовало собою, по учению блаж. Феодорита, искупительные плоды смерти первосвященника по чину Мелхиседекову (Толк. на кн. Чис., вопр. 50).

О названии и местоположении городов убежища для неумышленных убийц см. Втор IV:41–43; XIX:1–10; Нав ХХ-ХХI.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
9: The Cities of Refuge.B. C. 1452.
9 And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying, 10 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye be come over Jordan into the land of Canaan; 11 Then ye shall appoint you cities to be cities of refuge for you; that the slayer may flee thither, which killeth any person at unawares. 12 And they shall be unto you cities for refuge from the avenger; that the manslayer die not, until he stand before the congregation in judgment. 13 And of these cities which ye shall give six cities shall ye have for refuge. 14 Ye shall give three cities on this side Jordan, and three cities shall ye give in the land of Canaan, which shall be cities of refuge. 15 These six cities shall be a refuge, both for the children of Israel, and for the stranger, and for the sojourner among them: that every one that killeth any person unawares may flee thither. 16 And if he smite him with an instrument of iron, so that he die, he is a murderer: the murderer shall surely be put to death. 17 And if he smite him with throwing a stone, wherewith he may die, and he die, he is a murderer: the murderer shall surely be put to death. 18 Or if he smite him with an hand weapon of wood, wherewith he may die, and he die, he is a murderer: the murderer shall surely be put to death. 19 The revenger of blood himself shall slay the murderer: when he meeteth him, he shall slay him. 20 But if he thrust him of hatred, or hurl at him by laying of wait, that he die; 21 Or in enmity smite him with his hand, that he die: he that smote him shall surely be put to death; for he is a murderer: the revenger of blood shall slay the murderer, when he meeteth him. 22 But if he thrust him suddenly without enmity, or have cast upon him any thing without laying of wait, 23 Or with any stone, wherewith a man may die, seeing him not, and cast it upon him, that he die, and was not his enemy, neither sought his harm: 24 Then the congregation shall judge between the slayer and the revenger of blood according to these judgments: 25 And the congregation shall deliver the slayer out of the hand of the revenger of blood, and the congregation shall restore him to the city of his refuge, whither he was fled: and he shall abide in it unto the death of the high priest, which was anointed with the holy oil. 26 But if the slayer shall at any time come without the border of the city of his refuge, whither he was fled; 27 And the revenger of blood find him without the borders of the city of his refuge, and the revenger of blood kill the slayer; he shall not be guilty of blood: 28 Because he should have remained in the city of his refuge until the death of the high priest: but after the death of the high priest the slayer shall return into the land of his possession. 29 So these things shall be for a statute of judgment unto you throughout your generations in all your dwellings. 30 Whoso killeth any person, the murderer shall be put to death by the mouth of witnesses: but one witness shall not testify against any person to cause him to die. 31 Moreover ye shall take no satisfaction for the life of a murderer, which is guilty of death: but he shall be surely put to death. 32 And ye shall take no satisfaction for him that is fled to the city of his refuge, that he should come again to dwell in the land, until the death of the priest. 33 So ye shall not pollute the land wherein ye are: for blood it defileth the land: and the land cannot be cleansed of the blood that is shed therein, but by the blood of him that shed it. 34 Defile not therefore the land which ye shall inhabit, wherein I dwell: for I the LORD dwell among the children of Israel.
We have here the orders given concerning the cities of refuge, fitly annexed to what goes before, because they were all Levites' cities. In this part of the constitution there is a great deal both of good law and pure gospel.
I. Here is a great deal of good law, in the case of murder and manslaughter, a case of which the laws of all nations have taken particular cognizance. It is here enacted and provided, consonant to natural equity,
1. That wilful murder should be punished with death, and in that case no sanctuary should be allowed, no ransom taken, nor any commutation of the punishment accepted: The murderer shall surely be put to death, v. 16. It is supposed to be done of hatred (v. 20), or in enmity (v. 21), upon a sudden provocation (for our Saviour makes rash anger, as well as malice prepense, to be murder, Matt. v. 21, 22), whether the person be murdered with an instrument of iron (v. 16) or wood (v. 18), or with a stone thrown at him (v. 17, 20); nay, if he smite him with his hand in enmity, and death ensue, it is murder (v. 21); and it was an ancient law, consonant to the law of nature, that whoso sheds man's blood, by man shall his blood be shed, Gen. ix. 6. Where wrong has been done restitution must be made; and, since the murderer cannot restore the life he has wrongfully taken away, his own must be exacted from him in lieu of it, not (as some have fancied) to satisfy the manes or ghost of the person slain, but to satisfy the law and the justice of a nation; and to be a warning to all others not to do likewise. It is here said, and it is well worthy the consideration of all princes and states, that blood defiles not only the conscience of the murderer, who is thereby proved not to have eternal life abiding in him (1 John iii. 15), but also the land in which it is shed; so very offensive is it to God and all good men, and the worst of nuisances. And it is added that the land cannot be cleansed from the blood of the murdered, but by the blood of the murderer, v. 33. If murderers escape punishment from men, those that suffer them to escape will have a great deal to answer for, and God will nevertheless not suffer them to escape his righteous judgments. Upon the same principle it is provided that no satisfaction should be taken for the life of a murderer (v. 31): If a man would give all the substance of his house to the judges, to the country, or to the avenger of blood, to atone for his crime, it must utterly be contemned. The redemption of the life is so precious that it cannot be obtained by the multitude of riches (Ps. xlix. 6-8), which perhaps may allude to this law. A rule of law comes in here (which is a rule of our law in cases of treason only) that no man shall be put to death upon the testimony of one witness, but it was necessary there should be two (v. 30); this law is settled in all capital cases, Deut. xvii. 6; xix. 15. And, lastly, not only the prosecution, but the execution, of the murderer, is committed to the next of kin, who, as he was to be the redeemer of his kinsman's estate if it were mortgaged, so he was to be the avenger of his blood if he were murdered (v. 19): The avenger of blood himself shall slay the murderer, if he be convicted by the notorious evidence of the fact, and he needed not to have recourse by a judicial process to the court of judgment. But if it were uncertain who the murderer was, and the proof doubtful, we cannot think that his bare suspicion, or surmise, would empower him to do that which the judges themselves could not do but upon the testimony of two witnesses. Only if the fact were plain then the next heir of the person slain might himself, in a just indignation, slay the murderer wherever he met him. Some think this must be understood to be after the lawful judgment of the magistrate, and so the Chaldee says, "He shall slay him, when he shall be condemned unto him by judgment;" but it should seem, by v. 24, that the judges interposed only in a doubtful case, and that if the person on whom he took vengeance was indeed the murderer, and a wilful murderer, the avenger was innocent (v. 27), only, if it proved otherwise, it was at his peril. Our law allows an appeal to be brought against a murderer by the widow, or next heir, of the person murdered, yea, though the murderer have been acquitted upon an indictment; and, if the murderer be found guilty upon that appeal, execution shall be awarded at the suit of the appellant, who may properly be called the avenger of blood.
2. But if the homicide was not voluntary, nor done designedly, if it was without enmity, or lying in wait (v. 22), not seeing the person or not seeking his harm (v. 23), which our law calls chance-medley, or homicide per infortunium--through misfortune, in this case there were cities of refuge appointed for the manslayer to flee to. By our law this incurs a forfeiture of goods, but a pardon is granted of course upon the special matter found. Concerning the cities of refuge the law was, (1.) That, if a man killed another, in these cities he was safe, and under the protection of the law, till he had his trial before the congregation, that is, before the judges in open court. If he neglected thus to surrender himself, it was at his peril; if the avenger of blood met him elsewhere, or overtook him loitering in his way to the city of refuge, and slew him, his blood was upon his own head, because he did not make use of the security which God had provided for him. (2.) If, upon trial, it were found to be willful murder, the city of refuge should no longer be a protection to him; it was already determined: Thou shalt take him from my altar, that he may die, Exod. xxi. 14. (3.) But if it were found to be by error or accident, and that the stroke was given without any design upon the life of the person slain or any other, then the man-slayer should continue safe in the city of refuge, and the avenger of blood might not meddle with him, v. 25. There he was to remain in banishment from his own house and patrimony till the death of the high priest; and, if at any time he went out of that city or the suburbs of it, he put himself out of the protection of the law, and the avenger of blood, if he met him, might slay him, v. 26-28. Now, [1.] By the preservation of the life of the man-slayer God would teach us that men ought not to suffer for that which is rather their unhappiness than their crime, rather the act of Providence than their own act, for God delivered him into his hand, Exod. xxi. 13. [2.] By the banishment of the man-slayer from his own city, and his confinement to the city of refuge, where he was in a manner a prisoner, God would teach us to conceive a dread and horror of the guilt of blood, and to be very careful of life, and always afraid lest by oversight or negligence we occasion the death of any. [3.] By the limiting of the time of the offender's banishment to the death of the high priest, an honour was put upon that sacred office. The high priest was to be looked upon as so great a blessing to his country that when he died their sorrow upon that occasion should swallow up all other resentments. The cities of refuge being all of them Levites' cities, and the high priest being the head of that tribe, and consequently having a peculiar dominion over these cites, those that were confined to them might properly be looked upon as his prisoners, and so his death must be their discharge; it was, as it were, at his suit that the delinquent was imprisoned, and therefore at his death it fell. Actio moritur cum persona--The suit expires with the party. Anisworth has another notion of it, That as the high priests, while they lived, by their service and sacrificing made atonement for sin, wherein they prefigured Christ's satisfaction, so, at their death, those were released that had been exiled for casual murder, which typified redemption in Israel. [4.] By the abandoning of the prisoner to the avenger of blood, in case he at any time went out of the limits of the city of refuge, they were taught to adhere to the methods which Infinite Wisdom prescribed for their security. It was for the honour of a remedial law that it should be so strictly observed. How can we expect to be saved if we neglect the salvation, which is indeed a great salvation!
II. Here is a great deal of good gospel couched under the type and figure of the cities of refuge; and to them the apostle seems to allude when he speaks of our fleeing for refuge to the hope set before is (Heb. vi. 18), and being found in Christ, Phil. iii. 9. We never read in the history of the Old Testament of any use made of these cities of refuge, any more than of other such institutions, which yet, no doubt, were made use of upon the occasions intended; only we read of those that, in dangerous cases, took hold of the horns of the altar (1 Kings i. 50; ii. 28); for the altar, wherever that stood, was, as it were the capital city of refuge. But the law concerning these cities was designed both to raise and to encourage the expectations of those who looked for redemption in Israel, which should be to those who were convinced of sin, and in terror by reason of it, as the cities of refuge were to the man-slayer. Observe, 1. There were several cities of refuge, and they were so appointed in several parts of the country that the man-slayer, wherever he dwelt in the land of Israel, might in half a day reach one or other of them; so, though there is but one Christ appointed for our refuge, yet, wherever we are, he is a refuge at hand, a very present help, for the word is nigh us and Christ in the word. 2. The man-slayer was safe in any of these cities; so in Christ believers that flee to him, and rest in him, are protected from the wrath of God and the curse of the law. There is no condemnation to those that are in Christ Jesus, Rom. viii. 1. Who shall condemn those that are thus sheltered? 3. They were all Levites' cities; it was a kindness to the poor prisoner that though he might not go up to the place where the ark was, yet he was in the midst of Levites, who would teach him the good knowledge of the Lord, and instruct him how to improve the providence he was now under. It might also be expected that the Levites would comfort and encourage him, and bid him welcome; so it is the work of gospel ministers to bid poor sinners welcome to Christ, and to assist and counsel those that through grace are in him. 4. Even strangers and sojourners, though they were not native Israelites, might take the benefit of these cities of refuge, v. 15. So in Christ Jesus no difference in made between Greek and Jew; even the sons of the stranger that by faith flee to Christ shall be safe in him. 5. Even the suburbs or borders of the city were a sufficient security to the offender, v. 26, 27. So there is virtue even in the hem of Christ's garment for the healing and saving of poor sinners. If we cannot reach to a full assurance, we may comfort ourselves in a good hope through grace. 6. The protection which the man-slayer found in the city of refuge was not owing to the strength of its walls, or gates, or bars, but purely to the divine appointment; so it is the word of the gospel that gives souls safety in Christ, for him hath God the Father sealed. 7. If the offender was ever caught struggling out of the borders of his city of refuge, or stealing home to his house again, he lost the benefit of his protection, and lay exposed to the avenger of blood; so those that are in Christ must abide in Christ, for it is at their peril if they forsake him and wander from him. Drawing back is to perdition.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
35:9
Selection and Appointment of Cities of Refuge for Unpremeditated Manslayers. - Num 35:10, Num 35:11. When the Israelites had come into the land of Canaan, they were to choose towns conveniently situated as cities of refuge, to which the manslayer, who had slain a person (nephesh) by accident (בּשׁגגה: see at Lev 4:2), might flee. הקרה, from קרה, to hit, occurrit, as well as accidit; signifies here to give or make, i.e., to choose something suitable (Dietrich), but not "to build or complete" (Knobel), in the sense of קרה, as the only meaning which this word has is contignare, to join with beams or rafters; and this is obviously unsuitable here. Through these directions, which are repeated and still further expanded in Deut 19:1-13, God fulfilled the promise which He gave in Ex 21:13 : that He would appoint a place for the man who should unintentionally slay his neighbour, to which he might flee from the avenger of blood.
John Gill
35:9 And the Lord spake unto Moses,.... At the same time, or he continued his speech unto him:
saying: as follows.
35:1035:10: Խօսեա՛ց ընդ որդիսն Իսրայէլի՝ եւ ասասցես ցնոսա. Դուք աւադիկ անցանէ՛ք ընդ Յորդանան յերկիրն Քանանացւոց,
10 «Դիմի՛ր իսրայէլացիներին ու նրանց ասա՛. “Դուք, ահա, Յորդանան գետի վրայով անցնում էք Քանանացիների երկիրը:
10 «Իսրայէլի որդիներուն խօսի՛ր ու անոնց ըսէ՛. Երբ Յորդանանէն Քանանի երկիրը անցնիք,
Խօսեաց ընդ որդիսն Իսրայելի եւ ասասցես ցնոսա. Դուք աւադիկ անցանէք ընդ Յորդանան յերկիրն Քանանացւոց:

35:10: Խօսեա՛ց ընդ որդիսն Իսրայէլի՝ եւ ասասցես ցնոսա. Դուք աւադիկ անցանէ՛ք ընդ Յորդանան յերկիրն Քանանացւոց,
10 «Դիմի՛ր իսրայէլացիներին ու նրանց ասա՛. “Դուք, ահա, Յորդանան գետի վրայով անցնում էք Քանանացիների երկիրը:
10 «Իսրայէլի որդիներուն խօսի՛ր ու անոնց ըսէ՛. Երբ Յորդանանէն Քանանի երկիրը անցնիք,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:1010: объяви сынам Израилевым и скажи им: когда вы перейдете чрез Иордан в землю Ханаанскую,
35:10 λάλησον λαλεω talk; speak τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even ἐρεῖς ερεω.1 state; mentioned πρὸς προς to; toward αὐτούς αυτος he; him ὑμεῖς υμεις you διαβαίνετε διαβαινω step through; go across τὸν ο the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis εἰς εις into; for γῆν γη earth; land Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan
35:10 דַּבֵּר֙ dabbˌēr דבר speak אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וְ wᵊ וְ and אָמַרְתָּ֖ ʔāmartˌā אמר say אֲלֵהֶ֑ם ʔᵃlēhˈem אֶל to כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that אַתֶּ֛ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you עֹבְרִ֥ים ʕōvᵊrˌîm עבר pass אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan אַ֥רְצָה ʔˌarṣā אֶרֶץ earth כְּנָֽעַן׃ kᵊnˈāʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan
35:10. loquere filiis Israhel et dices ad eos quando transgressi fueritis Iordanem in terram ChanaanSpeak to the children of Israel, and thou shalt say to them: When you shall have passed over the Jordan into the land of Chanaan,
10. Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye pass over Jordan into the land of Canaan,
35:10. “Speak to the sons of Israel, and you shall say to them: When you will have crossed the Jordan into the land of Canaan,
35:10. Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye be come over Jordan into the land of Canaan;
Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye be come over Jordan into the land of Canaan:

10: объяви сынам Израилевым и скажи им: когда вы перейдете чрез Иордан в землю Ханаанскую,
35:10
λάλησον λαλεω talk; speak
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
ἐρεῖς ερεω.1 state; mentioned
πρὸς προς to; toward
αὐτούς αυτος he; him
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
διαβαίνετε διαβαινω step through; go across
τὸν ο the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
εἰς εις into; for
γῆν γη earth; land
Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan
35:10
דַּבֵּר֙ dabbˌēr דבר speak
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אָמַרְתָּ֖ ʔāmartˌā אמר say
אֲלֵהֶ֑ם ʔᵃlēhˈem אֶל to
כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that
אַתֶּ֛ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you
עֹבְרִ֥ים ʕōvᵊrˌîm עבר pass
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
אַ֥רְצָה ʔˌarṣā אֶרֶץ earth
כְּנָֽעַן׃ kᵊnˈāʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan
35:10. loquere filiis Israhel et dices ad eos quando transgressi fueritis Iordanem in terram Chanaan
Speak to the children of Israel, and thou shalt say to them: When you shall have passed over the Jordan into the land of Chanaan,
35:10. “Speak to the sons of Israel, and you shall say to them: When you will have crossed the Jordan into the land of Canaan,
35:10. Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye be come over Jordan into the land of Canaan;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:10: Num 34:2; Lev 14:34, Lev 25:2; Deu 12:9, Deu 19:1, Deu 19:2
John Gill
35:10 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them,.... Now, directly:
when ye come over Jordan into the land of Canaan; as they quickly would, being now very near it, and of which there was the utmost certainty, since the Lord had promised to bring them over that river, and put them in possession of that land.
35:1135:11: եւ զատուսջի՛ք ձեզ քաղաքս, որ լինիցին ձեզ ապաստանաց՝ փախչել անդ սպանողին։ Ամենայն որ հարկանիցէ զանձն ուրուք ակամայ[1603], [1603] Ոմանք. Փախչել անդր սպա՛՛։
11 Այնտեղ առանձնացրէ՛ք քաղաքներ, որոնք ձեզ համար որպէս ապաստան պիտի ծառայեն, երբ մի մարդասպան այնտեղ փախչի: Ով ակամայ մէկին սպանի, այդ քաղաքները սպանողի արեան վրէժխնդրութիւնից փրկուելու համար ապաստան թող լինեն:
11 Ձեզի քաղաքներ որոշեցէք, իբր ապաստանի քաղաքներ, որպէս զի սխալմամբ մարդ զարնելով սպաննողը հոն փախչի։
եւ զատուսջիք ձեզ քաղաքս, որ լինիցին ձեզ ապաստանաց` փախչել անդր սպանողին, [563]ամենայն որ հարկանիցէ զանձն ուրուք ակամայ:

35:11: եւ զատուսջի՛ք ձեզ քաղաքս, որ լինիցին ձեզ ապաստանաց՝ փախչել անդ սպանողին։ Ամենայն որ հարկանիցէ զանձն ուրուք ակամայ[1603],
[1603] Ոմանք. Փախչել անդր սպա՛՛։
11 Այնտեղ առանձնացրէ՛ք քաղաքներ, որոնք ձեզ համար որպէս ապաստան պիտի ծառայեն, երբ մի մարդասպան այնտեղ փախչի: Ով ակամայ մէկին սպանի, այդ քաղաքները սպանողի արեան վրէժխնդրութիւնից փրկուելու համար ապաստան թող լինեն:
11 Ձեզի քաղաքներ որոշեցէք, իբր ապաստանի քաղաքներ, որպէս զի սխալմամբ մարդ զարնելով սպաննողը հոն փախչի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:1111: выберите себе города, которые были бы у вас городами для убежища, куда мог бы убежать убийца, убивший человека неумышленно;
35:11 καὶ και and; even διαστελεῖτε διαστελλω enjoin; distinctly command ὑμῖν υμιν you αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him πόλεις πολις city φυγαδευτήρια φυγαδευτηριον be ὑμῖν υμιν you φυγεῖν φευγω flee ἐκεῖ εκει there τὸν ο the φονευτήν φονευτης all; every ὁ ο the πατάξας πατασσω pat; impact ψυχὴν ψυχη soul ἀκουσίως ακουσιως involuntarily
35:11 וְ wᵊ וְ and הִקְרִיתֶ֤ם hiqrîṯˈem קרה meet לָכֶם֙ lāḵˌem לְ to עָרִ֔ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town מִקְלָ֖ט miqlˌāṭ מִקְלָט refuge תִּהְיֶ֣ינָה tihyˈeʸnā היה be לָכֶ֑ם lāḵˈem לְ to וְ wᵊ וְ and נָ֥ס nˌās נוס flee שָׁ֨מָּה֙ šˈāmmā שָׁם there רֹצֵ֔חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill מַכֵּה־ makkē- נכה strike נֶ֖פֶשׁ nˌefeš נֶפֶשׁ soul בִּ bi בְּ in שְׁגָגָֽה׃ šᵊḡāḡˈā שְׁגָגָה error
35:11. decernite quae urbes esse debeant in praesidia fugitivorum qui nolentes sanguinem fuderintDetermine what cities shall be for the refuge of fugitives, who have shed blood against their will.
11. then ye shall appoint you cities to be cities of refuge for you; that the manslayer which killeth any person unwittingly may flee thither.
35:11. discern which cities ought to be for the protection of fugitives who have shed blood unwillingly.
35:11. Then ye shall appoint you cities to be cities of refuge for you; that the slayer may flee thither, which killeth any person at unawares.
Then ye shall appoint you cities to be cities of refuge for you; that the slayer may flee thither, which killeth any person at unawares:

11: выберите себе города, которые были бы у вас городами для убежища, куда мог бы убежать убийца, убивший человека неумышленно;
35:11
καὶ και and; even
διαστελεῖτε διαστελλω enjoin; distinctly command
ὑμῖν υμιν you
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
πόλεις πολις city
φυγαδευτήρια φυγαδευτηριον be
ὑμῖν υμιν you
φυγεῖν φευγω flee
ἐκεῖ εκει there
τὸν ο the
φονευτήν φονευτης all; every
ο the
πατάξας πατασσω pat; impact
ψυχὴν ψυχη soul
ἀκουσίως ακουσιως involuntarily
35:11
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִקְרִיתֶ֤ם hiqrîṯˈem קרה meet
לָכֶם֙ lāḵˌem לְ to
עָרִ֔ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town
עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town
מִקְלָ֖ט miqlˌāṭ מִקְלָט refuge
תִּהְיֶ֣ינָה tihyˈeʸnā היה be
לָכֶ֑ם lāḵˈem לְ to
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָ֥ס nˌās נוס flee
שָׁ֨מָּה֙ šˈāmmā שָׁם there
רֹצֵ֔חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
מַכֵּה־ makkē- נכה strike
נֶ֖פֶשׁ nˌefeš נֶפֶשׁ soul
בִּ bi בְּ in
שְׁגָגָֽה׃ šᵊḡāḡˈā שְׁגָגָה error
35:11. decernite quae urbes esse debeant in praesidia fugitivorum qui nolentes sanguinem fuderint
Determine what cities shall be for the refuge of fugitives, who have shed blood against their will.
35:11. discern which cities ought to be for the protection of fugitives who have shed blood unwillingly.
35:11. Then ye shall appoint you cities to be cities of refuge for you; that the slayer may flee thither, which killeth any person at unawares.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
35:11: Ye shall appoint - cities of refuge - The cities of refuge among the Israelites were widely different from the asyla among the Greeks and Romans, as also from the privileged altars among the Roman Catholics. Those among the Hebrews were for the protection of such only as had slain a person involuntarily. The temples and altars among the latter often served for the protection of the most profligate characters. Cities of refuge among the Hebrews were necessary, because the old patriarchal law still remained in force, viz., that the nearest akin had a right to avenge the death of his relation by slaying the murderer; for the original law enacted that whosoever shed man's blood, by man should his blood be shed, Gen 9:6, and none was judged so proper to execute this law as the man who was nearest akin to the deceased. As many rash executions of this law might take place, from the very nature of the thing, it was deemed necessary to qualify its claims, and prevent injustice; and the cities of refuge were judged proper for this purpose. Nor do we ever read that they were ever found inefficient, or that they were ever abused.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:11: ye shall appoint: As the goel, or kinsman, had a right to avenge the death of his relation, by slaying the murderer wheRev_er he found him, the appointment of these cities was a humane institution for the protection of the involuntary homicide; for they were designed only for the protection of such Num 35:6; Jos 20:2
unawares: Heb. by error, Num 35:22, Num 35:23; Exo 21:13; Deu 4:42, Deu 19:4, Deu 19:5
John Gill
35:11 Then ye shall appoint your cities to be cities of refuge for you,.... And, according to the Jewish writers (i), these were neither to be made large nor little, but middling; and they appointed them where there were markets and fairs, at which goods were to be sold; and where there was plenty of water, and a multitude of people; and where there were but few, they fetched others from other places; and they neither made nets for hunting, nor twisted ropes in them, nor sold any warlike instruments, lest the avenger of blood should use himself to come thither, under pretence of buying such things, and kill the manslayer:
that the slayer may flee thither, which killeth any person at unawares; or through error (k), or mistake, not on purpose, with design, or through malice and enmity, as is afterwards more largely explained.
(i) Maimon. Rotzeach, c. 8. sect. 8. Vid. T. Bab. Maccot, fol. 10. 1. (k) "per errorem", Pagninus, Junius & Tremellius, Piscator; "per imprudentiam", Tigurine version: Vatablus; "in ignorantia", Montanus.
John Wesley
35:11 Unawares - Not wilfully, designedly or maliciously, but through mistake or indiscretion.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
35:11 THE BLOOD AVENGER. (Num. 35:9-34)
that the slayer may flee thither, which killeth any person at unawares--The practice of Goelism, that is, of the nearest relation of an individual who was killed being bound to demand satisfaction from the author of his death, existed from a very remote antiquity (Gen 4:14; Gen 27:45). It seems to have been an established usage in the age of Moses; and although in a rude and imperfect state of society, it is a natural and intelligible principle of criminal jurisprudence, it is liable to many great abuses; the chief of the evils inseparable from it is that the kinsman, who is bound in duty and honor to execute justice, will often be precipitate--little disposed, in the heat of passion or under the impulse of revenge, to examine into the circumstances of the case, to discriminate between the premeditated purpose of the assassin and the misfortune of the unintentional homicide. Moreover, it had a tendency, not only to foster a vindictive spirit, but in case of the Goel being unsuccessful in finding his victim, to transmit animosities and feuds against his descendants from one generation to another. This is exemplified among the Arabs in the present day. Should an Arab of one tribe happen to kill one of another tribe, there is "blood" between the tribes, and the stain can only be wiped out by the death of some individual of the tribe with which the offense originated. Sometimes the penalty is commuted by the payment of a stipulated number of sheep or camels. But such an equivalent, though offered, is as often refused, and blood has to be repaid only by blood. This practice of Goelism obtained among the Hebrews to such an extent that it was not perhaps expedient to abolish it; and Moses, while sanctioning its continuance, was directed, by divine authority, to make some special regulations, which tended both to prevent the unhappy consequences of sudden and personal vengeance, and, at the same time, to afford an accused person time and means of proving his innocence. This was the humane and equitable end contemplated in the institution of cities of refuge. There were to be six of these legalized asyla, three on the east of Jordan, both because the territory there was equal in length, though not in breadth, to Canaan, and because it might be more convenient for some to take refuge across the border. They were appointed for the benefit, not of the native Israelites only, but of all resident strangers.
35:1235:12: եղիցին ձեզ քաղա՛քք ապաստանի ՚ի մերձաւորէ արեանն. եւ մի՛ մեռանիցի սպանօղն՝ մինչեւ անցցէ առաջի ժողովրդեանն ՚ի դատաստանի[1604]։ [1604] Ոմանք. Մինչեւ կացցէ կամ կայցէ, առաջի ժողովրդ՛՛։
12 Սպանողը թող մահուան չդատապարտուի, մինչեւ ժողովրդի դատաստանի առջեւ չկանգնի:
12 Եւ այն քաղաքները ձեզի ապաստանարան պէտք է ըլլան արեան վրէժխնդիր եղողէն, որպէս զի սպաննողը առանց դատաստանի ժողովուրդին առջեւ երեւնալով չմեռնի։
Եւ եղիցին ձեզ քաղաքք ապաստանի ի մերձաւորէ արեանն, եւ մի՛ մեռանիցի սպանօղն մինչեւ կացցէ առաջի ժողովրդեանն ի դատաստանի:

35:12: եղիցին ձեզ քաղա՛քք ապաստանի ՚ի մերձաւորէ արեանն. եւ մի՛ մեռանիցի սպանօղն՝ մինչեւ անցցէ առաջի ժողովրդեանն ՚ի դատաստանի[1604]։
[1604] Ոմանք. Մինչեւ կացցէ կամ կայցէ, առաջի ժողովրդ՛՛։
12 Սպանողը թող մահուան չդատապարտուի, մինչեւ ժողովրդի դատաստանի առջեւ չկանգնի:
12 Եւ այն քաղաքները ձեզի ապաստանարան պէտք է ըլլան արեան վրէժխնդիր եղողէն, որպէս զի սպաննողը առանց դատաստանի ժողովուրդին առջեւ երեւնալով չմեռնի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:1212: и будут у вас города сии убежищем от мстителя, чтобы не был умерщвлен убивший, прежде нежели он предстанет пред общество на суд.
35:12 καὶ και and; even ἔσονται ειμι be αἱ ο the πόλεις πολις city ὑμῖν υμιν you φυγαδευτήρια φυγαδευτηριον from; away ἀγχιστεύοντος αγχιστευω the αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams καὶ και and; even οὐ ου not μὴ μη not ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die ὁ ο the φονεύων φονευω murder ἕως εως till; until ἂν αν perhaps; ever στῇ ιστημι stand; establish ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of τῆς ο the συναγωγῆς συναγωγη gathering εἰς εις into; for κρίσιν κρισις decision; judgment
35:12 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָי֨וּ hāyˌû היה be לָכֶ֧ם lāḵˈem לְ to הֶ he הַ the עָרִ֛ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town לְ lᵊ לְ to מִקְלָ֖ט miqlˌāṭ מִקְלָט refuge מִ mi מִן from גֹּאֵ֑ל ggōʔˈēl גאל redeem וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not יָמוּת֙ yāmûṯ מות die הָ hā הַ the רֹצֵ֔חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto עָמְדֹ֛ו ʕāmᵊḏˈô עמד stand לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face הָ hā הַ the עֵדָ֖ה ʕēḏˌā עֵדָה gathering לַ la לְ to † הַ the מִּשְׁפָּֽט׃ mmišpˈāṭ מִשְׁפָּט justice
35:12. in quibus cum fuerit profugus cognatus occisi eum non poterit occidere donec stet in conspectu multitudinis et causa illius iudiceturAnd when the fugitive shall be in them, the kinsman of him that is slain may not have power to kill him, until he stand before the multitude, and his cause be judged.
12. And the cities shall be unto you for refuge from the avenger; that the manslayer die not, until he stand before the congregation for judgment.
35:12. And when a fugitive is in these, the kinsman of the deceased shall not be able to kill him, until he stands in the sight of the multitude and his case is judged.
35:12. And they shall be unto you cities for refuge from the avenger; that the manslayer die not, until he stand before the congregation in judgment.
And they shall be unto you cities for refuge from the avenger; that the manslayer die not, until he stand before the congregation in judgment:

12: и будут у вас города сии убежищем от мстителя, чтобы не был умерщвлен убивший, прежде нежели он предстанет пред общество на суд.
35:12
καὶ και and; even
ἔσονται ειμι be
αἱ ο the
πόλεις πολις city
ὑμῖν υμιν you
φυγαδευτήρια φυγαδευτηριον from; away
ἀγχιστεύοντος αγχιστευω the
αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams
καὶ και and; even
οὐ ου not
μὴ μη not
ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die
ο the
φονεύων φονευω murder
ἕως εως till; until
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
στῇ ιστημι stand; establish
ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of
τῆς ο the
συναγωγῆς συναγωγη gathering
εἰς εις into; for
κρίσιν κρισις decision; judgment
35:12
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָי֨וּ hāyˌû היה be
לָכֶ֧ם lāḵˈem לְ to
הֶ he הַ the
עָרִ֛ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מִקְלָ֖ט miqlˌāṭ מִקְלָט refuge
מִ mi מִן from
גֹּאֵ֑ל ggōʔˈēl גאל redeem
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not
יָמוּת֙ yāmûṯ מות die
הָ הַ the
רֹצֵ֔חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
עָמְדֹ֛ו ʕāmᵊḏˈô עמד stand
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
הָ הַ the
עֵדָ֖ה ʕēḏˌā עֵדָה gathering
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
מִּשְׁפָּֽט׃ mmišpˈāṭ מִשְׁפָּט justice
35:12. in quibus cum fuerit profugus cognatus occisi eum non poterit occidere donec stet in conspectu multitudinis et causa illius iudicetur
And when the fugitive shall be in them, the kinsman of him that is slain may not have power to kill him, until he stand before the multitude, and his cause be judged.
35:12. And when a fugitive is in these, the kinsman of the deceased shall not be able to kill him, until he stands in the sight of the multitude and his case is judged.
35:12. And they shall be unto you cities for refuge from the avenger; that the manslayer die not, until he stand before the congregation in judgment.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
35:12: Until he stand before the congregation in judgment - So one of these cities was not a perpetual asylum; It was only a pro tempore refuge, till the case could be fairly examined by the magistrates in the presence of the people, or the elders their representatives; and this was done in the city or place where he had done the murder, Jos 20:4, Jos 20:6. If he was found worthy of death, they delivered him to the avenger that he might be slain, Deu 19:12; if not, they sent him back to the city of refuge, where he remained till the death of the high priest, Num 35:25. Before the cities of refuge were appointed, the altar appears to have been a sanctuary for those who had killed a person unwittingly; see on Exo 21:13 (note), and Exo 21:14 (note).
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
35:12: The avenger - Hebrew גאל gā'al, a term of which the original import is uncertain. The very obscurity of its etymology testifies to the antiquity of the office which it denotes. That office rested on the principle of Gen 9:6, "whoso sheddeth man's blood, by man shall his blood be shed." The unwritten code of the East conceded to the nearest kinsman of a murdered man the right of avenging the blood that had been shed. Such rude justice necessarily involved grave evils. It gave no opportunity to the person charged with crime of establishing is innocence; it recognized no distinction between murder, manslaughter, and accidental homicide; it perpetuated family blood-feuds, the avenger of blood being liable to be treated in his turn as a murderer by the kinsman of the man whom he had slain. These grievances could not be removed as long as there was no central government, but they might be mitigated; and to do this was the object of the institution in the text (compare Exo 21:13).
Among the Arab tribes, who are under the control of no central authority, the practice of blood-Rev_enge subsists in full force to the present day.
The congregation - i. e. local court, consisting of the elders of the city Jos 20:4.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:12: from the avenger: Num 35:19, Num 35:25-27; Deu 19:6; Jos 20:3-6, Jos 20:9; Sa2 14:7
until he stand: Num 35:24; Deu 19:11, Deu 19:12; Jos 20:4-6
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
35:12
These towns were to serve for a refuge from the avenger of blood, that the manslayer might not die before he had taken his trial in the presence of the congregation. The number of cities was fixed at six, three on the other side of the Jordan, and three on this side in the land of Canaan, to which both the children of Israel, and also the foreigners and settlers who were dwelling among them, might flee. In Deut 19:2., Moses advises the congregation to prepare (הכין) the way to these cities, and to divide the territory of the land which Jehovah would give them into three parts (שׁלּשׁ), i.e., to set apart a free city in every third of the land, that every manslayer might flee thither, i.e., might be able to reach the free city without being detained by length of distance or badness of road, lest, as is added in Deut 19:6, the avenger of blood pursue the slayer while his heart is hot (יחם, imperf. Kal of חמם), and overtake him because the way is long, and slay him (נפשׁ הכּה, as in Gen 37:21), whereas he was not worthy of death (i.e., there was no just ground for putting him to death), "because he had not done it out of hatred." The three cities of refuge on the other side were selected by Moses himself (Deut 4:41-43); the three in Canaan were not appointed till the land was distributed among the nine tribes and a half (Josh 20:7). Levitical or priests' towns were selected for all six, not only because it was to the priests and Levites that they would first of all look for an administration of justice (Schultz on Deut 19:3), but also on the ground that these cities were the property of Jehovah, in a higher sense than the rest of the land, and for this reason answered the idea of cities of refuge, where the manslayer, when once received, was placed under the protection of divine grace, better than any other places possibly could.
The establishment of cities of refuge presupposed the custom and right of revenge. The custom itself goes back to the very earliest times of the human race (Gen 4:15, Gen 4:24; Gen 27:45); it prevailed among the Israelites, as well as the other nations of antiquity, and still continues among the Arabs in unlimited force (cf. Niebuhr, Arab. pp. 32ff.; Burckhardt, Beduinen, 119, 251ff.). "Revenge of blood prevailed almost everywhere, so long as there was no national life generated, or it was still in the first stages of its development; and consequently the expiation of any personal violation of justice was left to private revenge, and more especially to family zeal" (Oehler in Herzog's B. Cycl., where the proofs may be seen). The warrant for this was the principle of retribution, the jus talionis, which lay at the foundation of the divine order of the world in general, and the Mosaic law in particular, and which was sanctioned by God, so far as murder was concerned, even in the time of Noah, by the command, "Whoso sheddeth man's blood," etc. (Gen 9:5-6). This warrant, however, or rather obligation to avenge murder, was subordinated to the essential principle of the theocracy, under the Mosaic law. Whilst God Himself would avenge the blood that was shed, not only upon men, but upon animals also (Gen 9:5), and commanded blood-revenge, He withdrew the execution of it from subjective caprice, and restricted it to cases of premeditated slaying or murder, by appointing cities of refuge, which were to protect the manslayer from the avenger, until he took his trial before the congregation. גּאל, redeemer, is "that particular relative whose special duty it was to restore the violated family integrity, who had to redeem not only landed property that had been alienated from the family (Lev 25:25.), or a member of the family that had fallen into slavery (Lev 25:47.), but also the blood that had been taken away from the family by murder" (Oehler). In the latter respect he was called הדּם גּאל, (Num 35:19, Num 35:21, Num 35:24.; Deut 19:6, Deut 19:12). From 2Kings 14:7, we may see that it was the duty of the whole family to take care that blood-revenge was carried out. The performance of the duty itself, however, was probably regulated by the closeness of the relationship, and corresponded to the duty of redeeming from bondage (Lev 25:49), and to the right of inheritance (Num 27:8.). What standing before the congregation was to consist of, is defined more fully in what follows (Num 35:24, Num 35:25). If we compare with this Josh 20:4., the manslayer, who fled from the avenger of blood into a free city, was to stand before the gates of the city, and state his cause before the elders. They were then to receive him into the city, and give him a place that he might dwell among them, and were not to deliver him up to the avenger of blood till he had stood before the congregation for judgment. Consequently, if the slayer of a man presented himself with the request to be received, the elders of the free city had to make a provisional inquiry into his case, to decide whether they should grant him protection in the city; and then if the avenger of blood appeared, they were not to deliver up the person whom they had received, but to hand him over, on the charge of the avenger of blood, to the congregation to whom he belonged, or among whom the act had taken place, that they might investigate the case, and judge whether the deed itself was wilful or accidental.
Geneva 1599
35:12 And they shall be unto you cities for refuge from the (d) avenger; that the manslayer die not, until he stand before the congregation in judgment.
(d) Meaning, from the next of the kindred, who ought to pursue the cause.
John Gill
35:12 And they shall be unto you cities of refuge from the avenger,.... Or near kinsman; for as the right of redemption of an estate that was mortgaged belonged to such an one, so of revenging the blood of any one that was killed:
that the manslayer die not; by the hand of the avenger, who in the heat of his passion would, could he come at him, fall upon him, and slay him, to avenge the death of his relation on him:
until he stand before the congregation in judgment; before the court of judicature, to be examined, tried, and judged, whether the murder was committed knowingly and willingly, or whether through mistake and at unawares: this was done either before the court of judicature in the city of refuge, who took cognizance of such cases directly, that they might know whom to harbour and protect, and whom not; or before the court in the place where the act was committed: interpreters are divided about this; and Calmet (l) is of opinion that he was examined in both courts, first more strictly in the city of refuge, and then more slightly in the place where it was done, which is not improbable; however, this seems manifest from Num 35:25, that the court where it was committed had power to fetch him from the city of refuge, and set him before them, and examine into the case; and, if an innocent person, restored him to the city of refuge, whither he had fled.
(l) Dictionary, on the word "Refuge".
John Wesley
35:12 From the avenger - Heb. from the redeemer, or, from the next kinsman, to whom by the law belonged the right of redemption of the lands of; and vindication of the injury done to, the person deceased. Die not - Be not killed by the avenger meeting him in some other place. Before the congregation - Before the judges or elders who were appointed in every city for the decision of criminal causes, who were to examine, and that publickly before the people, whether the murder was wilful or casual.
35:1335:13: Եւ քաղաքքն զոր տայցէք՝ վե՛ց քաղաքք ապաստանի լինիցին ձեզ[1605]. [1605] Ոմանք. Զվեց քաղաք ապաստանի լինիցի ձեզ։
13 Ղեւտացիներին տրուելիք քաղաքներից վեցը որպէս ապաստան թող ծառայեն:
13 Ձեր տալիք քաղաքներէն վեցը ձեզի ապաստանի քաղաք թող ըլլան։
Եւ քաղաքքն զոր տայցէք` վեց քաղաքք ապաստանի լինիցին ձեզ:

35:13: Եւ քաղաքքն զոր տայցէք՝ վե՛ց քաղաքք ապաստանի լինիցին ձեզ[1605].
[1605] Ոմանք. Զվեց քաղաք ապաստանի լինիցի ձեզ։
13 Ղեւտացիներին տրուելիք քաղաքներից վեցը որպէս ապաստան թող ծառայեն:
13 Ձեր տալիք քաղաքներէն վեցը ձեզի ապաստանի քաղաք թող ըլլան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:1313: Городов же, которые должны вы дать, городов для убежища, должно быть у вас шесть:
35:13 καὶ και and; even αἱ ο the πόλεις πολις city ἃς ος who; what δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit τὰς ο the ἓξ εξ six πόλεις πολις city φυγαδευτήρια φυγαδευτηριον be ὑμῖν υμιν you
35:13 וְ wᵊ וְ and הֶ he הַ the עָרִ֖ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] תִּתֵּ֑נוּ tittˈēnû נתן give שֵׁשׁ־ šēš- שֵׁשׁ six עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town מִקְלָ֖ט miqlˌāṭ מִקְלָט refuge תִּהְיֶ֥ינָה tihyˌeʸnā היה be לָכֶֽם׃ lāḵˈem לְ to
35:13. de ipsis autem urbibus quae ad fugitivorum subsidia separanturAnd of those cities, that are separated for the refuge of fugitives,
13. And the cities which ye shall give shall be for you six cities of refuge.
35:13. Then, among those cities which are separated for relief to fugitives,
35:13. And of these cities which ye shall give six cities shall ye have for refuge.
And of these cities which ye shall give six cities shall ye have for refuge:

13: Городов же, которые должны вы дать, городов для убежища, должно быть у вас шесть:
35:13
καὶ και and; even
αἱ ο the
πόλεις πολις city
ἃς ος who; what
δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit
τὰς ο the
ἓξ εξ six
πόλεις πολις city
φυγαδευτήρια φυγαδευτηριον be
ὑμῖν υμιν you
35:13
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֶ he הַ the
עָרִ֖ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
תִּתֵּ֑נוּ tittˈēnû נתן give
שֵׁשׁ־ šēš- שֵׁשׁ six
עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town
מִקְלָ֖ט miqlˌāṭ מִקְלָט refuge
תִּהְיֶ֥ינָה tihyˌeʸnā היה be
לָכֶֽם׃ lāḵˈem לְ to
35:13. de ipsis autem urbibus quae ad fugitivorum subsidia separantur
And of those cities, that are separated for the refuge of fugitives,
35:13. Then, among those cities which are separated for relief to fugitives,
35:13. And of these cities which ye shall give six cities shall ye have for refuge.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:13: six cities: Num 35:6
John Gill
35:13 And of these cities which ye shall give,.... Of the forty eight cities they were to give to the Levites, Num 35:7,
six cities shall ye have for refuge; which, I think, makes it clear, that not all the forty eight cities were for refuge, only six of them.
35:1435:14: երիս քաղաքս տաջիք յա՛յն կոյս Յորդանանու, եւ երիս քաղաքս տաջիք յերկիրն Քանանացւոց։
14 Երեք քաղաք տուէ՛ք Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում, երեք քաղաք՝ Քանանացիների երկրում:
14 Քաղաքներէն երեքը Յորդանանի ասդիի կողմը ու միւս երեքը Քանանի երկրին մէջ թող ըլլան, որպէս ապաստանի քաղաքներ։
Երիս քաղաքս տաջիք յայնկոյս Յորդանանու, եւ երիս քաղաքս տաջիք յերկրին Քանանացւոց, եւ եղիցի այն ապաւինութիւն:

35:14: երիս քաղաքս տաջիք յա՛յն կոյս Յորդանանու, եւ երիս քաղաքս տաջիք յերկիրն Քանանացւոց։
14 Երեք քաղաք տուէ՛ք Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում, երեք քաղաք՝ Քանանացիների երկրում:
14 Քաղաքներէն երեքը Յորդանանի ասդիի կողմը ու միւս երեքը Քանանի երկրին մէջ թող ըլլան, որպէս ապաստանի քաղաքներ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:1414: три города дайте по эту сторону Иордана и три города дайте в земле Ханаанской; городами убежища должны быть они;
35:14 τὰς ο the τρεῖς τρεις three πόλεις πολις city δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit ἐν εν in τῷ ο the πέραν περαν on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis καὶ και and; even τὰς ο the τρεῖς τρεις three πόλεις πολις city δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit ἐν εν in γῇ γη earth; land Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan
35:14 אֵ֣ת׀ ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker] שְׁלֹ֣שׁ šᵊlˈōš שָׁלֹשׁ three הֶ he הַ the עָרִ֗ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town תִּתְּנוּ֙ tittᵊnˌû נתן give מֵ mē מִן from עֵ֣בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite לַ la לְ to † הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֔ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵת֙ ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] שְׁלֹ֣שׁ šᵊlˈōš שָׁלֹשׁ three הֶֽ hˈe הַ the עָרִ֔ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town תִּתְּנ֖וּ tittᵊnˌû נתן give בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth כְּנָ֑עַן kᵊnˈāʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town מִקְלָ֖ט miqlˌāṭ מִקְלָט refuge תִּהְיֶֽינָה׃ tihyˈeʸnā היה be
35:14. tres erunt trans Iordanem et tres in terra ChanaanThree shall be beyond the Jordan, and three in the land of Chanaan,
14. Ye shall give three cities beyond Jordan, and three cities shall ye give in the land of Canaan; they shall be cities of refuge.
35:14. three shall be across the Jordan, and three in the land of Canaan,
35:14. Ye shall give three cities on this side Jordan, and three cities shall ye give in the land of Canaan, [which] shall be cities of refuge.
Ye shall give three cities on this side Jordan, and three cities shall ye give in the land of Canaan, [which] shall be cities of refuge:

14: три города дайте по эту сторону Иордана и три города дайте в земле Ханаанской; городами убежища должны быть они;
35:14
τὰς ο the
τρεῖς τρεις three
πόλεις πολις city
δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
πέραν περαν on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
καὶ και and; even
τὰς ο the
τρεῖς τρεις three
πόλεις πολις city
δώσετε διδωμι give; deposit
ἐν εν in
γῇ γη earth; land
Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan
35:14
אֵ֣ת׀ ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker]
שְׁלֹ֣שׁ šᵊlˈōš שָׁלֹשׁ three
הֶ he הַ the
עָרִ֗ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town
תִּתְּנוּ֙ tittᵊnˌû נתן give
מֵ מִן from
עֵ֣בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֔ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵת֙ ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
שְׁלֹ֣שׁ šᵊlˈōš שָׁלֹשׁ three
הֶֽ hˈe הַ the
עָרִ֔ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town
תִּתְּנ֖וּ tittᵊnˌû נתן give
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
כְּנָ֑עַן kᵊnˈāʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan
עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town
מִקְלָ֖ט miqlˌāṭ מִקְלָט refuge
תִּהְיֶֽינָה׃ tihyˈeʸnā היה be
35:14. tres erunt trans Iordanem et tres in terra Chanaan
Three shall be beyond the Jordan, and three in the land of Chanaan,
35:14. three shall be across the Jordan, and three in the land of Canaan,
35:14. Ye shall give three cities on this side Jordan, and three cities shall ye give in the land of Canaan, [which] shall be cities of refuge.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:14: three cities: Deu 4:41-43, Deu 19:8-10; Jos 20:7-9
Geneva 1599
35:14 Ye shall give three cities (e) on this side Jordan, and three cities shall ye give in the land of Canaan, [which] shall be cities of refuge.
(e) Among the Reubenites, Gadites, and half the tribe of Manasseh, (Deut 4:41).
John Gill
35:14 Ye shall give three cites on this side Jordan,.... Which were Bezer in the wilderness, out of the tribe of Reuben; and Ramoth in Gilead, out of the tribe of Gad; and Golan in Bashan, out of the tribe of Manasseh, Josh 20:8,
and three cities shall ye give in the land of Canaan: which were Kadesh in Galilee, in Mount Naphtali; Shechem in Mount Ephraim; and Kirjatharba, or Hebron, in the mountain of Judah, Josh 20:7.
which shall be cities of refuge; the three on the other side Jordan, the Jews say, were separated by Moses, and the three in the land of Canaan by Joshua, but not one of them was a refuge until they were all separated (m): it may seem strange that there should be as many in the two tribes and a half on the other side Jordan, as in the nine tribes and a half in the land of Canaan; let it be observed, what the Jewish writers, say (n), Moses separated three cities beyond Jordan, and opposite them Joshua separated three in the land of Canaan; and they were like two rows in a vineyard, Hebron in Judea was opposite Bezer in the wilderness; Shechem in Mount Ephraim was opposite Ramoth in Gilead; Kadesh in Mount Naphtali was opposite Golan in Bashan; and the three were so disposed, that there was as much space from the south (of the land of Israel) to Hebron as from Hebron to Shechem; and as much from Hebron to Shechem as from Shechem to Kadesh; and as much from Shechem to Kadesh as from Kadesh to the north beyond Jordan; and it should be known that the land of the tribes beyond Jordan extended in length as far as the land of Canaan, and was equal to it, running along it; so that those in the land of Canaan could soon and easily get over Jordan to the cities of refuge there, if there was occasion; besides, there is a direction given, that if their coast should be enlarged, they were to add three cities more in the land of Canaan, Deut 19:8, hence the Jews have a notion, that in the days of the Messiah those three cities will be added (o); but the Messiah is come already, and is the antitype of them all.
(m) Misn. Maccot, c. 2. sect. 4. Maimon. Hilchot Rotzeach, c. 8. sect. 2. 3. & in Pirke, c. 4. sect. 2. & Jarchi in loc. (n) T. Bab. Maccot, fol. 9. 2. (o) Maimon. Rotzeach, c. 8. sect. 4.
John Wesley
35:14 On this side Jordan - Because that land was as long as Canaan, though not so broad, and besides these might be convenient for many of them that lived in Canaan.
35:1535:15: Եւ եղիցի այն ապաւինութիւն որդւոցն Իսրայէլի, եկին եւ պանդխտի ՚ի միջի ձերում. եւ եղիցին քաղաքքն այնոքիկ ապաստանք, փախչել անդր ամենայնի որ հարկանիցէ զանձն ուրուք ակամայ[1606]։ [1606] Ոմանք. Եւ եղիցին այն ապա՛՛... եւ պանդխտին ՚ի միջի ձերում եղիցին քա՛՛։
15 Այդ քաղաքներն իբրեւ ապաստան թող ծառայեն իսրայէլացիներին, այլեւ օտարականների ու ձեր մէջ պանդխտելու եկածների համար: Այդ քաղաքներն իբրեւ ապաստան թող ծառայեն, որպէսզի այնտեղ փախչեն բոլոր նրանք, ովքեր ակամայ մարդ են սպանել:
15 Այս վեց քաղաքները Իսրայէլի որդիներուն ու օտարականին եւ ձեր մէջ բնակող պանդուխտին ապաստանարան պիտի ըլլան։ Ով որ սխալմամբ մարդ մեռցնէ՝ հոն պիտի փախչի։
որդւոցն Իսրայելի, եկին եւ պանդխտին ի միջի ձերում, եղիցին քաղաքքն այնոքիկ վեց` ապաստանք, փախչել անդր ամենայնի որ հարկանիցէ զանձն ուրուք ակամայ:

35:15: Եւ եղիցի այն ապաւինութիւն որդւոցն Իսրայէլի, եկին եւ պանդխտի ՚ի միջի ձերում. եւ եղիցին քաղաքքն այնոքիկ ապաստանք, փախչել անդր ամենայնի որ հարկանիցէ զանձն ուրուք ակամայ[1606]։
[1606] Ոմանք. Եւ եղիցին այն ապա՛՛... եւ պանդխտին ՚ի միջի ձերում եղիցին քա՛՛։
15 Այդ քաղաքներն իբրեւ ապաստան թող ծառայեն իսրայէլացիներին, այլեւ օտարականների ու ձեր մէջ պանդխտելու եկածների համար: Այդ քաղաքներն իբրեւ ապաստան թող ծառայեն, որպէսզի այնտեղ փախչեն բոլոր նրանք, ովքեր ակամայ մարդ են սպանել:
15 Այս վեց քաղաքները Իսրայէլի որդիներուն ու օտարականին եւ ձեր մէջ բնակող պանդուխտին ապաստանարան պիտի ըլլան։ Ով որ սխալմամբ մարդ մեռցնէ՝ հոն պիտի փախչի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:1515: для сынов Израилевых и для пришельца и для поселенца между вами будут сии шесть городов убежищем, чтобы убегать туда всякому, убившему человека неумышленно.
35:15 φυγάδιον φυγαδιον be τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the προσηλύτῳ προσηλυτος proselyte καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the παροίκῳ παροικος resident; foreigner τῷ ο the ἐν εν in ὑμῖν υμιν you ἔσονται ειμι be αἱ ο the πόλεις πολις city αὗται ουτος this; he εἰς εις into; for φυγαδευτήριον φυγαδευτηριον flee ἐκεῖ εκει there παντὶ πας all; every πατάξαντι πατασσω pat; impact ψυχὴν ψυχη soul ἀκουσίως ακουσιως involuntarily
35:15 לִ li לְ to בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to † הַ the גֵּ֤ר ggˈēr גֵּר sojourner וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to † הַ the תֹּושָׁב֙ ttôšˌāv תֹּושָׁב sojourner בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹוכָ֔ם ṯôḵˈām תָּוֶךְ midst תִּהְיֶ֛ינָה tihyˈeʸnā היה be שֵׁשׁ־ šēš- שֵׁשׁ six הֶ he הַ the עָרִ֥ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town הָ hā הַ the אֵ֖לֶּה ʔˌēlleh אֵלֶּה these לְ lᵊ לְ to מִקְלָ֑ט miqlˈāṭ מִקְלָט refuge לָ lā לְ to נ֣וּס nˈûs נוס flee שָׁ֔מָּה šˈāmmā שָׁם there כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole מַכֵּה־ makkē- נכה strike נֶ֖פֶשׁ nˌefeš נֶפֶשׁ soul בִּ bi בְּ in שְׁגָגָֽה׃ šᵊḡāḡˈā שְׁגָגָה error
35:15. tam filiis Israhel quam advenis atque peregrinis ut confugiat ad eas qui nolens sanguinem fuderitAs well for the children of Israel as for strangers and sojourners, that he may flee to them, who hath shed blood against his will.
15. For the children of Israel, and for the stranger and for the sojourner among them, shall these six cities be for refuge: that every one that killeth any person unwittingly may flee thither.
35:15. as much for the sons of Israel as for newcomers and sojourners, so that anyone who has shed blood unwillingly may flee to these places.
35:15. These six cities shall be a refuge, [both] for the children of Israel, and for the stranger, and for the sojourner among them: that every one that killeth any person unawares may flee thither.
These six cities shall be a refuge, [both] for the children of Israel, and for the stranger, and for the sojourner among them: that every one that killeth any person unawares may flee thither:

15: для сынов Израилевых и для пришельца и для поселенца между вами будут сии шесть городов убежищем, чтобы убегать туда всякому, убившему человека неумышленно.
35:15
φυγάδιον φυγαδιον be
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
προσηλύτῳ προσηλυτος proselyte
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
παροίκῳ παροικος resident; foreigner
τῷ ο the
ἐν εν in
ὑμῖν υμιν you
ἔσονται ειμι be
αἱ ο the
πόλεις πολις city
αὗται ουτος this; he
εἰς εις into; for
φυγαδευτήριον φυγαδευτηριον flee
ἐκεῖ εκει there
παντὶ πας all; every
πατάξαντι πατασσω pat; impact
ψυχὴν ψυχη soul
ἀκουσίως ακουσιως involuntarily
35:15
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
גֵּ֤ר ggˈēr גֵּר sojourner
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
תֹּושָׁב֙ ttôšˌāv תֹּושָׁב sojourner
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹוכָ֔ם ṯôḵˈām תָּוֶךְ midst
תִּהְיֶ֛ינָה tihyˈeʸnā היה be
שֵׁשׁ־ šēš- שֵׁשׁ six
הֶ he הַ the
עָרִ֥ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town
הָ הַ the
אֵ֖לֶּה ʔˌēlleh אֵלֶּה these
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מִקְלָ֑ט miqlˈāṭ מִקְלָט refuge
לָ לְ to
נ֣וּס nˈûs נוס flee
שָׁ֔מָּה šˈāmmā שָׁם there
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
מַכֵּה־ makkē- נכה strike
נֶ֖פֶשׁ nˌefeš נֶפֶשׁ soul
בִּ bi בְּ in
שְׁגָגָֽה׃ šᵊḡāḡˈā שְׁגָגָה error
35:15. tam filiis Israhel quam advenis atque peregrinis ut confugiat ad eas qui nolens sanguinem fuderit
As well for the children of Israel as for strangers and sojourners, that he may flee to them, who hath shed blood against his will.
35:15. as much for the sons of Israel as for newcomers and sojourners, so that anyone who has shed blood unwillingly may flee to these places.
35:15. These six cities shall be a refuge, [both] for the children of Israel, and for the stranger, and for the sojourner among them: that every one that killeth any person unawares may flee thither.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:15: Num 15:16; Exo 12:49; Lev 24:22; Rom 3:29; Gal 3:28
John Gill
35:15 These six cities shall be a refuge both for the children of Israel and for the stranger,.... For an Israelite, and a proselyte of righteousness, one that embraced the Jewish religion, and in all things conformed to it, and to whom there was but one law in things civil and religious:
and for the sojourner among you; the proselyte of the gate, who renounced idolatry, and observed the commands of the sons of Noah, but in other things did not comply with the Jewish ceremonies, yet had the benefit of the cities of refuge equally with the other; though the Jews say (p), such a proselyte or sojourner had only this privilege, who slew a proselyte, but not if he slew an Israelite; but for this distinction there is no foundation in the text:
that everyone that killeth any person unawares may flee thither; whether an Israelite, or a proselyte of righteousness or of the gate.
(p) Misn. Maccot, c. 2. sect. 3.
35:1635:16: Եւ եթէ երկաթեղէն անօթով ոք հարկանիցէ՝ եւ սպանանիցէ զնա, սպանօղ է. մահո՛ւ մեռցի սպանօղն։
16 Եթէ որեւէ մէկը երկաթէ առարկայով հարուածի ու սպանի մէկին, նա մարդասպան է. մահուան թող դատապարտուի մարդասպանը:
16 Իսկ եթէ մարդ մը երկաթէ գործիքով մէկը զարնէ մեռցնէ, անիկա իբրեւ մարդասպան անպատճառ պէտք է մեռցուի։
Եւ եթէ երկաթեղէն անօթով ոք հարկանիցէ եւ սպանանիցէ զնա, սպանօղ է. մահու մեռցի սպանօղն:

35:16: Եւ եթէ երկաթեղէն անօթով ոք հարկանիցէ՝ եւ սպանանիցէ զնա, սպանօղ է. մահո՛ւ մեռցի սպանօղն։
16 Եթէ որեւէ մէկը երկաթէ առարկայով հարուածի ու սպանի մէկին, նա մարդասպան է. մահուան թող դատապարտուի մարդասպանը:
16 Իսկ եթէ մարդ մը երկաթէ գործիքով մէկը զարնէ մեռցնէ, անիկա իբրեւ մարդասպան անպատճառ պէտք է մեռցուի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:1616: Если кто ударит кого железным орудием так, что тот умрет, то он убийца: убийцу должно предать смерти;
35:16 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while ἐν εν in σκεύει σκευος vessel; jar σιδήρου σιδηρος iron πατάξῃ πατασσω pat; impact αὐτόν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τελευτήσῃ τελευταω meet an end φονευτής φονευτης be θανάτῳ θανατος death θανατούσθω θανατοω put to death ὁ ο the φονευτής φονευτης slayer; murderer
35:16 וְ wᵊ וְ and אִם־ ʔim- אִם if בִּ bi בְּ in כְלִ֨י ḵᵊlˌî כְּלִי tool בַרְזֶ֧ל׀ varzˈel בַּרְזֶל iron הִכָּ֛הוּ hikkˈāhû נכה strike וַ wa וְ and יָּמֹ֖ת yyāmˌōṯ מות die רֹצֵ֣חַֽ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he מֹ֥ות mˌôṯ מות die יוּמַ֖ת yûmˌaṯ מות die הָ hā הַ the רֹצֵֽחַ׃ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
35:16. si quis ferro percusserit et mortuus fuerit qui percussus est reus erit homicidii et ipse morieturIf any man strike with iron, and he die that was struck: he shall be guilty of murder, and he himself shall die.
16. But if he smote him with an instrument of iron, so that he died, he is a manslayer: the manslayer shall surely be put to death.
35:16. If anyone will have struck someone with iron, and he who was struck will have died, then he shall be guilty of homicide, and he himself shall die.
35:16. And if he smite him with an instrument of iron, so that he die, he [is] a murderer: the murderer shall surely be put to death.
And if he smite him with an instrument of iron, so that he die, he [is] a murderer: the murderer shall surely be put to death:

16: Если кто ударит кого железным орудием так, что тот умрет, то он убийца: убийцу должно предать смерти;
35:16
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
ἐν εν in
σκεύει σκευος vessel; jar
σιδήρου σιδηρος iron
πατάξῃ πατασσω pat; impact
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τελευτήσῃ τελευταω meet an end
φονευτής φονευτης be
θανάτῳ θανατος death
θανατούσθω θανατοω put to death
ο the
φονευτής φονευτης slayer; murderer
35:16
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
בִּ bi בְּ in
כְלִ֨י ḵᵊlˌî כְּלִי tool
בַרְזֶ֧ל׀ varzˈel בַּרְזֶל iron
הִכָּ֛הוּ hikkˈāhû נכה strike
וַ wa וְ and
יָּמֹ֖ת yyāmˌōṯ מות die
רֹצֵ֣חַֽ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he
מֹ֥ות mˌôṯ מות die
יוּמַ֖ת yûmˌaṯ מות die
הָ הַ the
רֹצֵֽחַ׃ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
35:16. si quis ferro percusserit et mortuus fuerit qui percussus est reus erit homicidii et ipse morietur
If any man strike with iron, and he die that was struck: he shall be guilty of murder, and he himself shall die.
35:16. If anyone will have struck someone with iron, and he who was struck will have died, then he shall be guilty of homicide, and he himself shall die.
35:16. And if he smite him with an instrument of iron, so that he die, he [is] a murderer: the murderer shall surely be put to death.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
35:16: The sense is: Inasmuch as to take another man's life by any means whatsoever is murder, and exposes the murderer to the penalty of retaliation; so, if the deed is done in hostility, it is in truth actual murder, and the murderer shall be slain; but if it be not done in hostility, then the congregation shall interpose to stop the avenger's hand.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:16: if he smite: Num 35:22-24; Deu 19:11-13
the: Num 35:30-33; Gen 9:5, Gen 9:6; Exo 21:12-14; Lev 24:17
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
35:16
Special instructions are given in Num 35:16-28, with reference to the judicial procedure. First of all (Num 35:16-21), with regard to qualified slaying or murder. If any person has struck another with an iron instrument (an axe, hatchet, hammer, etc.), or "with a stone of the hand, from which one dies," i.e., with a stone which filled the hand, - a large stone, therefore, with which it was possible to kill, - or "with a wooden instrument of the hand, from which one dies," i.e., with a thick club, or a large, strong wooden instrument, and he then died (so that he died in consequence), he was a murderer, who was to be put to death. "For the suspicion would rest upon any one who had used an instrument, that endangered life and therefore was not generally used in striking, that he had intended to take life away" (Knobel).
Geneva 1599
35:16 And if he (f) smite him with an instrument of iron, so that he die, he [is] a murderer: the murderer shall surely be put to death.
(f) Wittingly, and willingly.
John Gill
35:16 And if he smite him with an instrument of iron, so that he die,.... As with an hatchet, hammer, sword, knife, &c.
he is a murderer; the instrument used by him, and with which he smote, shows that he had a bad design, and intended to kill, or he would never have smitten a man with such an instrument:
the murderer shall surely be put to death; be condemned to death, and be executed, by the order of the civil magistrate, according to the law in Gen 9:6 and not be allowed the benefit of a city of refuge.
John Wesley
35:16 If he smite him - Wittingly and wilfully, though not with premeditated malice. He shall be put to death - Yea though he were fled into the city of refuge.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
35:16 If he smite him with an instrument of iron, so that he die, &c.--Various cases are here enumerated in which the Goel or avenger was at liberty to take the life of the murderer; and every one of them proves a premeditated purpose.
35:1735:17: Եւ եթէ բռնաքարաւ որով մեռանիցի՛ ոք հարկանիցէ զնա եւ մեռանիցի, սպանօղ է. մահո՛ւ մեռցի սպանօղն[1607]։ [1607] Ոմանք. Մահու մեռանիցի սպա՛՛։
17 Եթէ որեւէ մէկը քարով հարուածի ու սպանի մէկին, նա մարդասպան է. մահուան թող դատապարտուի մարդասպանը:
17 Կամ եթէ մահառիթ բռնաքարով մը մէկուն զարնէ ու մեռցնէ, անիկա իրապէս մարդասպան է եւ անպատճառ պէտք է մեռցուի։
Եւ եթէ բռնաքարաւ որով մեռանիցի ոք` հարկանիցէ զնա եւ մեռանիցի, սպանօղ է. մահու մեռցի սպանօղն:

35:17: Եւ եթէ բռնաքարաւ որով մեռանիցի՛ ոք հարկանիցէ զնա եւ մեռանիցի, սպանօղ է. մահո՛ւ մեռցի սպանօղն[1607]։
[1607] Ոմանք. Մահու մեռանիցի սպա՛՛։
17 Եթէ որեւէ մէկը քարով հարուածի ու սպանի մէկին, նա մարդասպան է. մահուան թող դատապարտուի մարդասպանը:
17 Կամ եթէ մահառիթ բռնաքարով մը մէկուն զարնէ ու մեռցնէ, անիկա իրապէս մարդասպան է եւ անպատճառ պէտք է մեռցուի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:1717: и если кто ударит кого из руки камнем, от которого можно умереть, так что тот умрет, то он убийца: убийцу должно предать смерти;
35:17 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while ἐν εν in λίθῳ λιθος stone ἐκ εκ from; out of χειρός χειρ hand ἐν εν in ᾧ ος who; what ἀποθανεῖται αποθνησκω die ἐν εν in αὐτῷ αυτος he; him πατάξῃ πατασσω pat; impact αὐτόν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die φονευτής φονευτης be θανάτῳ θανατος death θανατούσθω θανατοω put to death ὁ ο the φονευτής φονευτης slayer; murderer
35:17 וְ wᵊ וְ and אִ֡ם ʔˈim אִם if בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶ֣בֶן ʔˈeven אֶבֶן stone יָד֩ yˌāḏ יָד hand אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] יָמ֨וּת yāmˌûṯ מות die בָּ֥הּ bˌāh בְּ in הִכָּ֛הוּ hikkˈāhû נכה strike וַ wa וְ and יָּמֹ֖ת yyāmˌōṯ מות die רֹצֵ֣חַֽ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he מֹ֥ות mˌôṯ מות die יוּמַ֖ת yûmˌaṯ מות die הָ hā הַ the רֹצֵֽחַ׃ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
35:17. si lapidem iecerit et ictus occubuerit similiter punieturIf he throw a stone, and he that is struck die: he shall be punished in the same manner.
17. And if he smote him with a stone in the hand, whereby a man may die, and he died, he is a manslayer: the manslayer shall surely be put to death.
35:17. If he will have thrown a stone, and he who has been struck lies dead, then he shall be punished similarly.
35:17. And if he smite him with throwing a stone, wherewith he may die, and he die, he [is] a murderer: the murderer shall surely be put to death.
And if he smite him with throwing a stone, wherewith he may die, and he die, he [is] a murderer: the murderer shall surely be put to death:

17: и если кто ударит кого из руки камнем, от которого можно умереть, так что тот умрет, то он убийца: убийцу должно предать смерти;
35:17
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
ἐν εν in
λίθῳ λιθος stone
ἐκ εκ from; out of
χειρός χειρ hand
ἐν εν in
ος who; what
ἀποθανεῖται αποθνησκω die
ἐν εν in
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
πατάξῃ πατασσω pat; impact
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die
φονευτής φονευτης be
θανάτῳ θανατος death
θανατούσθω θανατοω put to death
ο the
φονευτής φονευτης slayer; murderer
35:17
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִ֡ם ʔˈim אִם if
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶ֣בֶן ʔˈeven אֶבֶן stone
יָד֩ yˌāḏ יָד hand
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יָמ֨וּת yāmˌûṯ מות die
בָּ֥הּ bˌāh בְּ in
הִכָּ֛הוּ hikkˈāhû נכה strike
וַ wa וְ and
יָּמֹ֖ת yyāmˌōṯ מות die
רֹצֵ֣חַֽ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he
מֹ֥ות mˌôṯ מות die
יוּמַ֖ת yûmˌaṯ מות die
הָ הַ the
רֹצֵֽחַ׃ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
35:17. si lapidem iecerit et ictus occubuerit similiter punietur
If he throw a stone, and he that is struck die: he shall be punished in the same manner.
35:17. If he will have thrown a stone, and he who has been struck lies dead, then he shall be punished similarly.
35:17. And if he smite him with throwing a stone, wherewith he may die, and he die, he [is] a murderer: the murderer shall surely be put to death.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:17: throwing a stone: Heb. a stone of the hand, Exo 21:18
Geneva 1599
35:17 And if he smite him with throwing a (g) stone, wherewith he may die, and he die, he [is] a murderer: the murderer shall surely be put to death.
(g) That is, with a big and dangerous stone: in Hebrew, with a stone of his hand.
John Gill
35:17 And if he smite him with throwing a stone,.... "Or with a stone of the hand" (q), which the Jews interpret of a stone so big as to fill a man's hand, and so
wherewith he may die; at whom it is thrown; is sufficient to cause his death, if struck with it; so the Targum of Jonathan paraphrases it of a"stone of fulness of hands, which is sufficient that a man may die with it,''or be killed by it:
and he die; by the blow he receives from it, either immediately or in a short time after:
he is a murderer, and the murderer shall surely be put to death; as in the above case.
(q) .
35:1835:18: Եւ եթէ փայտեղէն անօթով ՚ի ձեռանէ որով մեռանիցի ոք՝ հարկանիցէ զնա եւ մեռանիցի, սպանօղ է. մահո՛ւ մեռցի սպանօղն[1608]։ [1608] Ոմանք. Մահու մեռանիցի սպա՛՛։
18 Եթէ փայտէ առարկայով հարուածի ու սպանի մէկին, նա մարդասպան է. մահուան թող դատապարտուի մարդասպանը:
18 Կամ եթէ ձեռքով գործածուելու փայտեղէն մահառիթ գործիքով մը զարնէ ու մեռցնէ, անիկա ալ որպէս մարդասպան անպատճառ պէտք է մեռցուի։
Եւ եթէ փայտեղէն անօթով ի ձեռանէ որով մեռանիցի ոք` հարկանիցէ զնա եւ մեռանիցի, սպանօղ է. մահու մեռցի սպանօղն:

35:18: Եւ եթէ փայտեղէն անօթով ՚ի ձեռանէ որով մեռանիցի ոք՝ հարկանիցէ զնա եւ մեռանիցի, սպանօղ է. մահո՛ւ մեռցի սպանօղն[1608]։
[1608] Ոմանք. Մահու մեռանիցի սպա՛՛։
18 Եթէ փայտէ առարկայով հարուածի ու սպանի մէկին, նա մարդասպան է. մահուան թող դատապարտուի մարդասպանը:
18 Կամ եթէ ձեռքով գործածուելու փայտեղէն մահառիթ գործիքով մը զարնէ ու մեռցնէ, անիկա ալ որպէս մարդասպան անպատճառ պէտք է մեռցուի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:1818: или если деревянным орудием, от которого можно умереть, ударит из руки так, что тот умрет, то он убийца: убийцу должно предать смерти;
35:18 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while ἐν εν in σκεύει σκευος vessel; jar ξυλίνῳ ξυλινος of wood ἐκ εκ from; out of χειρός χειρ hand ἐξ εκ from; out of οὗ ος who; what ἀποθανεῖται αποθνησκω die ἐν εν in αὐτῷ αυτος he; him πατάξῃ πατασσω pat; impact αὐτόν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die φονευτής φονευτης be θανάτῳ θανατος death θανατούσθω θανατοω put to death ὁ ο the φονευτής φονευτης slayer; murderer
35:18 אֹ֡ו ʔˈô אֹו or בִּ bi בְּ in כְלִ֣י ḵᵊlˈî כְּלִי tool עֵֽץ־ ʕˈēṣ- עֵץ tree יָד֩ yˌāḏ יָד hand אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] יָמ֨וּת yāmˌûṯ מות die בֹּ֥ו bˌô בְּ in הִכָּ֛הוּ hikkˈāhû נכה strike וַ wa וְ and יָּמֹ֖ת yyāmˌōṯ מות die רֹצֵ֣חַֽ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he מֹ֥ות mˌôṯ מות die יוּמַ֖ת yûmˌaṯ מות die הָ hā הַ the רֹצֵֽחַ׃ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
35:18. si ligno percussus interierit percussoris sanguine vindicabiturIf he that is struck with wood die: he shall be revenged by the blood of him that struck him.
18. Or if he smote him with a weapon of wood in the hand, whereby a man may die, and he died, he is a manslayer: the manslayer shall surely be put to death.
35:18. If he who has been struck with wood passes away, he shall be avenged by the blood of the one who struck him.
35:18. Or [if] he smite him with an hand weapon of wood, wherewith he may die, and he die, he [is] a murderer: the murderer shall surely be put to death.
Or [if] he smite him with an hand weapon of wood, wherewith he may die, and he die, he [is] a murderer: the murderer shall surely be put to death:

18: или если деревянным орудием, от которого можно умереть, ударит из руки так, что тот умрет, то он убийца: убийцу должно предать смерти;
35:18
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
ἐν εν in
σκεύει σκευος vessel; jar
ξυλίνῳ ξυλινος of wood
ἐκ εκ from; out of
χειρός χειρ hand
ἐξ εκ from; out of
οὗ ος who; what
ἀποθανεῖται αποθνησκω die
ἐν εν in
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
πατάξῃ πατασσω pat; impact
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die
φονευτής φονευτης be
θανάτῳ θανατος death
θανατούσθω θανατοω put to death
ο the
φονευτής φονευτης slayer; murderer
35:18
אֹ֡ו ʔˈô אֹו or
בִּ bi בְּ in
כְלִ֣י ḵᵊlˈî כְּלִי tool
עֵֽץ־ ʕˈēṣ- עֵץ tree
יָד֩ yˌāḏ יָד hand
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יָמ֨וּת yāmˌûṯ מות die
בֹּ֥ו bˌô בְּ in
הִכָּ֛הוּ hikkˈāhû נכה strike
וַ wa וְ and
יָּמֹ֖ת yyāmˌōṯ מות die
רֹצֵ֣חַֽ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he
מֹ֥ות mˌôṯ מות die
יוּמַ֖ת yûmˌaṯ מות die
הָ הַ the
רֹצֵֽחַ׃ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
35:18. si ligno percussus interierit percussoris sanguine vindicabitur
If he that is struck with wood die: he shall be revenged by the blood of him that struck him.
35:18. If he who has been struck with wood passes away, he shall be avenged by the blood of the one who struck him.
35:18. Or [if] he smite him with an hand weapon of wood, wherewith he may die, and he die, he [is] a murderer: the murderer shall surely be put to death.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
35:18 Or if he smote him with an hand weapon of wood,.... A stick, or staff, or club:
wherewith he may die, and he die; which is sufficient to kill a man, as the same Targum explains it; and a man dies with the blow that is given him by it:
he is a murderer, and the murderer shall surely be put to death; no pardon given him, or the benefit of the city of refuge allowed him.
35:1935:19: Մերձաւոր արեանն սպանցէ՛ զսպանօղն. յորժամ պատահեսցէ նմա սպանցէ՛ զնա։
19 Սպանուածի մերձաւորը թող սպանի մարդասպանին. երբ որ հանդիպի նրան, թող սպանի:
19 Արեան վրէժխնդիրը կրնայ մեռցնել մարդասպանը։ Երբ անոր հանդիպի՝ թող մեռցնէ զանիկա։
մերձաւոր արեանն սպանցէ զսպանօղն. յորժամ պատահեսցէ նմա` սպանցէ զնա:

35:19: Մերձաւոր արեանն սպանցէ՛ զսպանօղն. յորժամ պատահեսցէ նմա սպանցէ՛ զնա։
19 Սպանուածի մերձաւորը թող սպանի մարդասպանին. երբ որ հանդիպի նրան, թող սպանի:
19 Արեան վրէժխնդիրը կրնայ մեռցնել մարդասպանը։ Երբ անոր հանդիպի՝ թող մեռցնէ զանիկա։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:1919: мститель за кровь сам может умертвить убийцу: лишь только встретит его, сам может умертвить его;
35:19 ὁ ο the ἀγχιστεύων αγχιστευω the αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams οὗτος ουτος this; he ἀποκτενεῖ αποκτεινω kill τὸν ο the φονεύσαντα φονευω murder ὅταν οταν when; once συναντήσῃ συνανταω meet with αὐτῷ αυτος he; him οὗτος ουτος this; he ἀποκτενεῖ αποκτεινω kill αὐτόν αυτος he; him
35:19 גֹּאֵ֣ל gōʔˈēl גאל redeem הַ ha הַ the דָּ֔ם ddˈām דָּם blood ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he יָמִ֖ית yāmˌîṯ מות die אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the רֹצֵ֑חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill בְּ bᵊ בְּ in פִגְעֹו־ fiḡʕô- פגע meet בֹ֖ו vˌô בְּ in ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he יְמִיתֶֽנּוּ׃ yᵊmîṯˈennû מות die
35:19. propinquus occisi homicidam interficiet statim ut adprehenderit eum percutietThe kinsman of him that was slain, shall kill the murderer: as soon as he apprehendeth him, he shall kill him.
19. The avenger of blood shall himself put the manslayer to death: when he meeteth him, he shall put him to death.
35:19. The close relative of the deceased shall put to death the murderer; as soon as he apprehends him, he shall put him to death.
35:19. The revenger of blood himself shall slay the murderer: when he meeteth him, he shall slay him.
The revenger of blood himself shall slay the murderer: when he meeteth him, he shall slay him:

19: мститель за кровь сам может умертвить убийцу: лишь только встретит его, сам может умертвить его;
35:19
ο the
ἀγχιστεύων αγχιστευω the
αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams
οὗτος ουτος this; he
ἀποκτενεῖ αποκτεινω kill
τὸν ο the
φονεύσαντα φονευω murder
ὅταν οταν when; once
συναντήσῃ συνανταω meet with
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
οὗτος ουτος this; he
ἀποκτενεῖ αποκτεινω kill
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
35:19
גֹּאֵ֣ל gōʔˈēl גאל redeem
הַ ha הַ the
דָּ֔ם ddˈām דָּם blood
ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he
יָמִ֖ית yāmˌîṯ מות die
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
רֹצֵ֑חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
פִגְעֹו־ fiḡʕô- פגע meet
בֹ֖ו vˌô בְּ in
ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he
יְמִיתֶֽנּוּ׃ yᵊmîṯˈennû מות die
35:19. propinquus occisi homicidam interficiet statim ut adprehenderit eum percutiet
The kinsman of him that was slain, shall kill the murderer: as soon as he apprehendeth him, he shall kill him.
35:19. The close relative of the deceased shall put to death the murderer; as soon as he apprehends him, he shall put him to death.
35:19. The revenger of blood himself shall slay the murderer: when he meeteth him, he shall slay him.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
35:19: The revenger of blood - גאל הדם goel haddam, the redeemer of blood; the next in blood to him who was slain. See on Num 35:12 (note).
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
35:19
When he meeteth him - Provided, of course, it were without a city of refuge.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:19: Num 35:12, Num 35:21, Num 35:24, Num 35:27; Deu 19:6, Deu 19:12; Jos 20:3, Jos 20:5
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
35:19
The avenger of blood could put him to death, when he hit upon him, i.e., whenever and wherever he met with him.
John Gill
35:19 The revenger of blood himself shall slay the murderer,.... Not only shall have power to do it, but, as it seems, should be obliged to do it; be the executioner of the murderer; but not before his case has been heard, examined, tried, and judged; wherefore the Targum of Jonathan adds,"in judgment,''that is, as Onkelos explains it,"when he is condemned by judgment,''the court of judicature:
when he meeteth him he shall slay him; the first opportunity he has, even though, as Jarchi says, if he meets him in the midst of one of the cities of refuge, and no judgment is passed on him.
John Wesley
35:19 He shall slay him - Either by himself, as the following words shew; so it is a permission, that he may do it without offence to God or danger to himself: or by the magistrate, from whom he shall demand justice: so it is a command.
35:2035:20: Եւ եթէ առ թշնամութեան մղեսցէ զնա. եւ ձգեսցէ նմա զամենայն անօթ խարդախութեամբ՝ եւ մեռանիցի[1609]. [1609] Ոմանք. Զամենայն անօթ խարդախութեան։
20 Եթէ որեւէ մէկը թշնամութեան հողի վրայ հրի մի մարդու, չարամտութեամբ նրա վրայ որեւէ իր նետելով սպանի
20 Եթէ մէկը թշնամութեամբ հրէ ուրիշ մը ու նենգութեամբ վրան բան մը նետելով՝ զանիկա մեռցնէ
Եւ եթէ առ թշնամութեան մղեսցէ զնա, եւ ձգեսցէ նմա զամենայն անօթ խարդախութեամբ եւ մեռանիցի:

35:20: Եւ եթէ առ թշնամութեան մղեսցէ զնա. եւ ձգեսցէ նմա զամենայն անօթ խարդախութեամբ՝ եւ մեռանիցի[1609].
[1609] Ոմանք. Զամենայն անօթ խարդախութեան։
20 Եթէ որեւէ մէկը թշնամութեան հողի վրայ հրի մի մարդու, չարամտութեամբ նրա վրայ որեւէ իր նետելով սպանի
20 Եթէ մէկը թշնամութեամբ հրէ ուրիշ մը ու նենգութեամբ վրան բան մը նետելով՝ զանիկա մեռցնէ
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:2020: если кто толкнет кого по ненависти, или с умыслом бросит на него [что-нибудь] так, что тот умрет,
35:20 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while δι᾿ δια through; because of ἔχθραν εχθρα hostility ὤσῃ ωθεω he; him καὶ και and; even ἐπιρρίψῃ επιρριπτω fling on ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτὸν αυτος he; him πᾶν πας all; every σκεῦος σκευος vessel; jar ἐξ εκ from; out of ἐνέδρου ενεδρον ambush καὶ και and; even ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die
35:20 וְ wᵊ וְ and אִם־ ʔim- אִם if בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שִׂנְאָ֖ה śinʔˌā שִׂנְאָה hatred יֶהְדָּפֶ֑נּוּ yehdāfˈennû הדף push אֹֽו־ ʔˈô- אֹו or הִשְׁלִ֥יךְ hišlˌîḵ שׁלך throw עָלָ֛יו ʕālˈāʸw עַל upon בִּ bi בְּ in צְדִיָּ֖ה ṣᵊḏiyyˌā צְדִיָּה malicious intent וַ wa וְ and יָּמֹֽת׃ yyāmˈōṯ מות die
35:20. si per odium quis hominem inpulerit vel iecerit quippiam in eum per insidiasIf through hatred any one push a man, or fling any thing at him with ill design:
20. And if he thrust him of hatred, or hurled at him, lying in wait, so that he died;
35:20. If, out of hatred, anyone assaults a man, or throws anything at him with ill intent,
35:20. But if he thrust him of hatred, or hurl at him by laying of wait, that he die;
But if he thrust him of hatred, or hurl at him by laying of wait, that he die:

20: если кто толкнет кого по ненависти, или с умыслом бросит на него [что-нибудь] так, что тот умрет,
35:20
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
δι᾿ δια through; because of
ἔχθραν εχθρα hostility
ὤσῃ ωθεω he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐπιρρίψῃ επιρριπτω fling on
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
πᾶν πας all; every
σκεῦος σκευος vessel; jar
ἐξ εκ from; out of
ἐνέδρου ενεδρον ambush
καὶ και and; even
ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die
35:20
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שִׂנְאָ֖ה śinʔˌā שִׂנְאָה hatred
יֶהְדָּפֶ֑נּוּ yehdāfˈennû הדף push
אֹֽו־ ʔˈô- אֹו or
הִשְׁלִ֥יךְ hišlˌîḵ שׁלך throw
עָלָ֛יו ʕālˈāʸw עַל upon
בִּ bi בְּ in
צְדִיָּ֖ה ṣᵊḏiyyˌā צְדִיָּה malicious intent
וַ wa וְ and
יָּמֹֽת׃ yyāmˈōṯ מות die
35:20. si per odium quis hominem inpulerit vel iecerit quippiam in eum per insidias
If through hatred any one push a man, or fling any thing at him with ill design:
35:20. If, out of hatred, anyone assaults a man, or throws anything at him with ill intent,
35:20. But if he thrust him of hatred, or hurl at him by laying of wait, that he die;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:20: if he thrust: Gen 4:5, Gen 4:8; Sa2 3:27, Sa2 13:22, Sa2 13:28, Sa2 13:29, Sa2 20:10; Kg1 2:5, Kg1 2:6, Kg1 2:31-33; Pro 26:24; Pro 28:17; Luk 4:29
by laying: Exo 21:14; Deu 19:11; Sa1 18:10, Sa1 18:11, Sa1 18:25, Sa1 19:9-12, Sa1 20:1, Sa1 23:7-9, Sa1 24:11; Psa 10:7-10, Psa 11:2, Psa 35:7, Psa 35:8, Psa 57:4-6; Pro 1:18, Pro 1:19; Mar 6:19, Mar 6:24-26; Act 20:3, Act 23:21
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
35:20
And so also the man who hit another in hatred, or threw at him by lying in wait, or struck him with the hand in enmity, so that he died. And if a murderer of this kind fled into a free city, the elders of his city were to have him fetched out and delivered up to the avenger of blood (Deut 19:11-12). Then follow, in Num 35:22-28, the proceedings to be taken with an unintentional manslayer, viz., if any one hit another "in the moment," i.e., suddenly, unawares (Num 6:9), without enmity, or by throwing anything upon him, without lying in wait, or by letting a stone, by which a man might be killed, fall upon him without seeing him, so that he died in consequence, but without being his enemy, or watching to do him harm. In using the expression בּכל־אבן, the writer had probably השׁליך still in his mind; but he dropped this word, and wrote ויּפּל in the form of a fresh sentence. The thing intended is explained still more clearly in Deut 19:4-5. Instead of בּפתע, we find there בּבלי־דעת, without knowing unintentionally. The words, "without being his enemy," are paraphrased there by, "without hating him from yesterday and the day before yesterday" (i.e., previously), and are explained by an example taken from the life: "When a man goeth into the wood with his neighbour to hew wood, and his hand fetcheth a stroke with the axe to cut down the tree, and the iron slippeth (נשׁל Niphal of שׁלל) from the wood (handle), and lighteth upon his neighbour."
John Gill
35:20 But if he thrust him of hatred,.... Or, "and if" (r), since the Scripture is still speaking of such that shall die for murder, though in another instance, without having the privilege of a city of refuge; if he thrusts him with a sword or knife, or rather, since, if anything of that kind is included in the first instance of smiting with an instrument of iron, push him down from an high place, as Aben Ezra; so the men of Nazareth intended to have dispatched Christ in that way, Lk 4:29.
or hurl at him by lying in wait, that he die; as a bowing wall, as the same writer instances in, push down that upon him as he passes along, lying in wait for him; or throws anything at him, with an intention to kill him, and does; or casts down anything upon him, a large stone, or anything else, by which he dies.
(r) "et si", Pagninus, Montanus.
35:2135:21: կամ առ քինա՛լ հարկանիցէ զնա ձեռամբ իւրով եւ մեռանիցի, մահո՛ւ մեռցի որ եհարն. սպանօղ է, մահո՛ւ մեռցի որ սպանանիցէն. մերձաւոր արեանն սպանցէ՛ զսպանօղն ՚ի պատահելն նորա նմա[1610]։ [1610] Ոմանք. Կամ առ ՚ի քինա՛լ հար՛՛... սպանցէ զնա զսպանողն։
21 կամ քինախնդրութեան համար հարուածի ձեռքով ու սպանի նրան, նա մահուան թող դատապարտուի: Նա մարդասպան է. մահուան թող դատապարտուի մարդասպանը: Սպանուածի մերձաւորը ուր որ հանդիպի նրան, թող սպանի:
21 Կամ թէ թշնամութեան պատճառաւ ձեռքովը զարնէ անոր ու ան մեռնի, զարնողը անպատճառ պէտք է մեռցուի։ Անիկա մարդասպան է։ Արեան վրէժխնդիրը երբ մարդասպանին հանդիպի՝ զանիկա կրնայ մեռցնել։
կամ առ քինալ հարկանիցէ զնա ձեռամբ իւրով եւ մեռանիցի, մահու մեռցի որ եհարն. սպանօղ է, [564]մահու մեռցի որ սպանցեն.`` մերձաւոր արեանն սպանցէ զսպանօղն ի պատահելն նորա նմա:

35:21: կամ առ քինա՛լ հարկանիցէ զնա ձեռամբ իւրով եւ մեռանիցի, մահո՛ւ մեռցի որ եհարն. սպանօղ է, մահո՛ւ մեռցի որ սպանանիցէն. մերձաւոր արեանն սպանցէ՛ զսպանօղն ՚ի պատահելն նորա նմա[1610]։
[1610] Ոմանք. Կամ առ ՚ի քինա՛լ հար՛՛... սպանցէ զնա զսպանողն։
21 կամ քինախնդրութեան համար հարուածի ձեռքով ու սպանի նրան, նա մահուան թող դատապարտուի: Նա մարդասպան է. մահուան թող դատապարտուի մարդասպանը: Սպանուածի մերձաւորը ուր որ հանդիպի նրան, թող սպանի:
21 Կամ թէ թշնամութեան պատճառաւ ձեռքովը զարնէ անոր ու ան մեռնի, զարնողը անպատճառ պէտք է մեռցուի։ Անիկա մարդասպան է։ Արեան վրէժխնդիրը երբ մարդասպանին հանդիպի՝ զանիկա կրնայ մեռցնել։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:2121: или по вражде ударит его рукою так, что тот умрет, то ударившего должно предать смерти: он убийца; мститель за кровь может умертвить убийцу, лишь только встретит его.
35:21 ἢ η or; than διὰ δια through; because of μῆνιν μηνις pat; impact αὐτὸν αυτος he; him τῇ ο the χειρί χειρ hand καὶ και and; even ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die θανάτῳ θανατος death θανατούσθω θανατοω put to death ὁ ο the πατάξας πατασσω pat; impact φονευτής φονευτης be θανάτῳ θανατος death θανατούσθω θανατοω put to death ὁ ο the φονεύων φονευω murder ὁ ο the ἀγχιστεύων αγχιστευω the αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams ἀποκτενεῖ αποκτεινω kill τὸν ο the φονεύσαντα φονευω murder ἐν εν in τῷ ο the συναντῆσαι συνανταω meet with αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
35:21 אֹ֣ו ʔˈô אֹו or בְ vᵊ בְּ in אֵיבָ֞ה ʔêvˈā אֵיבָה enmity הִכָּ֤הוּ hikkˈāhû נכה strike בְ vᵊ בְּ in יָדֹו֙ yāḏˌô יָד hand וַ wa וְ and יָּמֹ֔ת yyāmˈōṯ מות die מֹֽות־ mˈôṯ- מות die יוּמַ֥ת yûmˌaṯ מות die הַ ha הַ the מַּכֶּ֖ה mmakkˌeh נכה strike רֹצֵ֣חַֽ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he גֹּאֵ֣ל gōʔˈēl גאל redeem הַ ha הַ the דָּ֗ם ddˈām דָּם blood יָמִ֛ית yāmˈîṯ מות die אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the רֹצֵ֖חַ rōṣˌēₐḥ רצח kill בְּ bᵊ בְּ in פִגְעֹו־ fiḡʕô- פגע meet בֹֽו׃ vˈô בְּ in
35:21. aut cum esset inimicus manu percusserit et ille mortuus fuerit percussor homicidii reus erit cognatus occisi statim ut invenerit eum iugulabitOr being his enemy, strike him with his hand, and he die: the striker shall be guilty of murder: the kinsman of him that was slain as soon as he findeth him, shall kill him.
21. or in enmity smote him with his hand, that he died: he that smote him shall surely be put to death; he is a manslayer: the avenger of blood shall put the manslayer to death, when he meeteth him.
35:21. or, while being his enemy, strikes him with his hand, and so he has died, the attacker shall be guilty of murder. The kinsman of the deceased, as soon as he finds him, shall cut his throat.
35:21. Or in enmity smite him with his hand, that he die: he that smote [him] shall surely be put to death; [for] he [is] a murderer: the revenger of blood shall slay the murderer, when he meeteth him.
Or in enmity smite him with his hand, that he die: he that smote [him] shall surely be put to death; [for] he [is] a murderer: the revenger of blood shall slay the murderer, when he meeteth him:

21: или по вражде ударит его рукою так, что тот умрет, то ударившего должно предать смерти: он убийца; мститель за кровь может умертвить убийцу, лишь только встретит его.
35:21
η or; than
διὰ δια through; because of
μῆνιν μηνις pat; impact
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
τῇ ο the
χειρί χειρ hand
καὶ και and; even
ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die
θανάτῳ θανατος death
θανατούσθω θανατοω put to death
ο the
πατάξας πατασσω pat; impact
φονευτής φονευτης be
θανάτῳ θανατος death
θανατούσθω θανατοω put to death
ο the
φονεύων φονευω murder
ο the
ἀγχιστεύων αγχιστευω the
αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams
ἀποκτενεῖ αποκτεινω kill
τὸν ο the
φονεύσαντα φονευω murder
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
συναντῆσαι συνανταω meet with
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
35:21
אֹ֣ו ʔˈô אֹו or
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
אֵיבָ֞ה ʔêvˈā אֵיבָה enmity
הִכָּ֤הוּ hikkˈāhû נכה strike
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
יָדֹו֙ yāḏˌô יָד hand
וַ wa וְ and
יָּמֹ֔ת yyāmˈōṯ מות die
מֹֽות־ mˈôṯ- מות die
יוּמַ֥ת yûmˌaṯ מות die
הַ ha הַ the
מַּכֶּ֖ה mmakkˌeh נכה strike
רֹצֵ֣חַֽ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he
גֹּאֵ֣ל gōʔˈēl גאל redeem
הַ ha הַ the
דָּ֗ם ddˈām דָּם blood
יָמִ֛ית yāmˈîṯ מות die
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
רֹצֵ֖חַ rōṣˌēₐḥ רצח kill
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
פִגְעֹו־ fiḡʕô- פגע meet
בֹֽו׃ vˈô בְּ in
35:21. aut cum esset inimicus manu percusserit et ille mortuus fuerit percussor homicidii reus erit cognatus occisi statim ut invenerit eum iugulabit
Or being his enemy, strike him with his hand, and he die: the striker shall be guilty of murder: the kinsman of him that was slain as soon as he findeth him, shall kill him.
35:21. or, while being his enemy, strikes him with his hand, and so he has died, the attacker shall be guilty of murder. The kinsman of the deceased, as soon as he finds him, shall cut his throat.
35:21. Or in enmity smite him with his hand, that he die: he that smote [him] shall surely be put to death; [for] he [is] a murderer: the revenger of blood shall slay the murderer, when he meeteth him.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
35:21 Or in enmity smite him with his hand, that he die,.... Give him a blow with his fist, on some part of his body where life is most in danger, and which issues in death:
he that smote him shall surely be put to death, for he is a murderer; and therefore, according to the original law, ought to die, without reprieve or pardon; and notwithstanding this law made for cities of refuge, which were to be denied him:
the revenger of blood shall slay the murderer when he meeteth him: that is, when he is condemned, as both the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan interpret it, after a hearing and trial of his case.
35:2235:22: Ապա թէ վրիպակաւ՝ եւ ո՛չ առ թշնամութեան մղեսցէ զնա, եւ ձգեսցէ նմա զամենայն անօթ եւ ո՛չ խարդախութեամբ.
22 Իսկ եթէ սխալմամբ եւ ոչ թէ թշնամութեան հողի վրայ է հրել նրան, նրա վրայ նետել որեւէ իր ոչ չար դիտաւորութեամբ,
22 Բայց եթէ պատահմամբ ու առանց թշնամութեան ուրիշ մը հրէ կամ թէ առանց նենգութեան ուրիշի մը վրայ գործիք մը նետէ
Ապա թէ վրիպակաւ եւ ոչ առ թշնամութեան մղեսցէ զնա, եւ ձգեսցէ նմա զամենայն անօթ եւ ոչ խարդախութեամբ:

35:22: Ապա թէ վրիպակաւ՝ եւ ո՛չ առ թշնամութեան մղեսցէ զնա, եւ ձգեսցէ նմա զամենայն անօթ եւ ո՛չ խարդախութեամբ.
22 Իսկ եթէ սխալմամբ եւ ոչ թէ թշնամութեան հողի վրայ է հրել նրան, նրա վրայ նետել որեւէ իր ոչ չար դիտաւորութեամբ,
22 Բայց եթէ պատահմամբ ու առանց թշնամութեան ուրիշ մը հրէ կամ թէ առանց նենգութեան ուրիշի մը վրայ գործիք մը նետէ
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:2222: Если же он толкнет его нечаянно, без вражды, или бросит на него что-нибудь без умысла,
35:22 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while ἐξάπινα εξαπινα all at once οὐ ου not δι᾿ δια through; because of ἔχθραν εχθρα hostility ὤσῃ ωθεω he; him ἢ η or; than ἐπιρρίψῃ επιρριπτω fling on ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτὸν αυτος he; him πᾶν πας all; every σκεῦος σκευος vessel; jar οὐκ ου not ἐξ εκ from; out of ἐνέδρου ενεδρον ambush
35:22 וְ wᵊ וְ and אִם־ ʔim- אִם if בְּ bᵊ בְּ in פֶ֥תַע fˌeṯaʕ פֶּתַע instant בְּ bᵊ בְּ in לֹא־ lō- לֹא not אֵיבָ֖ה ʔêvˌā אֵיבָה enmity הֲדָפֹ֑ו hᵃḏāfˈô הדף push אֹו־ ʔô- אֹו or הִשְׁלִ֥יךְ hišlˌîḵ שׁלך throw עָלָ֛יו ʕālˈāʸw עַל upon כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole כְּלִ֖י kᵊlˌî כְּלִי tool בְּ bᵊ בְּ in לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not צְדִיָּֽה׃ ṣᵊḏiyyˈā צְדִיָּה malicious intent
35:22. quod si fortuito et absque odioBut if by chance medley, and without hatred,
22. But if he thrust him suddenly without enmity, or hurled upon him any thing without lying in wait,
35:22. But if by chance, and without hatred
35:22. But if he thrust him suddenly without enmity, or have cast upon him any thing without laying of wait,
But if he thrust him suddenly without enmity, or have cast upon him any thing without laying of wait:

22: Если же он толкнет его нечаянно, без вражды, или бросит на него что-нибудь без умысла,
35:22
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
ἐξάπινα εξαπινα all at once
οὐ ου not
δι᾿ δια through; because of
ἔχθραν εχθρα hostility
ὤσῃ ωθεω he; him
η or; than
ἐπιρρίψῃ επιρριπτω fling on
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
πᾶν πας all; every
σκεῦος σκευος vessel; jar
οὐκ ου not
ἐξ εκ from; out of
ἐνέδρου ενεδρον ambush
35:22
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
פֶ֥תַע fˌeṯaʕ פֶּתַע instant
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
אֵיבָ֖ה ʔêvˌā אֵיבָה enmity
הֲדָפֹ֑ו hᵃḏāfˈô הדף push
אֹו־ ʔô- אֹו or
הִשְׁלִ֥יךְ hišlˌîḵ שׁלך throw
עָלָ֛יו ʕālˈāʸw עַל upon
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
כְּלִ֖י kᵊlˌî כְּלִי tool
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
צְדִיָּֽה׃ ṣᵊḏiyyˈā צְדִיָּה malicious intent
35:22. quod si fortuito et absque odio
But if by chance medley, and without hatred,
35:22. But if by chance, and without hatred
35:22. But if he thrust him suddenly without enmity, or have cast upon him any thing without laying of wait,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:22: Num 35:11; Exo 21:13; Deu 19:5; Jos 20:3, Jos 20:5
John Gill
35:22 But if he thrust him suddenly, without enmity,.... Push him from a precipice, before he is aware, without any malicious design against his life, but merely through accident:
or have cast upon him anything; from the top of a house, or from a building he is pulling down, or pushes a bowing wall upon him, not knowing that he is passing by it:
and without lying of wait: or having contrived to do it, just as he goes along, or in any other similar way.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
35:22 But if he thrust him suddenly without enmity, or have cast upon him any thing without laying of wait, &c.--Under the excitement of a sudden provocation, or violent passion, an injury might be inflicted issuing in death; and for a person who had thus undesignedly committed slaughter, the Levitical cities offered the benefit of full protection. Once having reached the nearest, for one or other of them was within a day's journey of all parts of the land, he was secure. But he had to "abide in it." His confinement within its walls was a wise and salutary rule, designed to show the sanctity of human blood in God's sight, as well as to protect the manslayer himself, whose presence and intercourse in society might have provoked the passions of the deceased's relatives. But the period of his release from this confinement was not until the death of the high priest. That was a season of public affliction, when private sorrows were sunk or overlooked under a sense of the national calamity, and when the death of so eminent a servant of God naturally led all to serious consideration about their own mortality. The moment, however, that the refugee broke through the restraints of his confinement and ventured beyond the precincts of the asylum, he forfeited the privilege, and, if he was discovered by his pursuer, he might be slain with impunity.
35:2335:23: կամ զամենայն քար որով մեռանիցի, եւ ո՛չ գիտութեամբ հարկանիցէ զնա՝ եւ մեռանիցի. եւ նա ո՛չ էր նորա թշնամի, եւ ո՛չ խնդրէր չար առնել նմա[1611]. [1611] Ոմանք. Կամ զամենայն քարով, որով մե՛՛.. եւ նա չէր նորա թշնամի։
23 կամ մահ պատճառող քարով առանց չարամտութեան է հարուածել նրան ու սպանել, սակայն սպանուողը նրա թշնամին չէր, եւ նա չէր ցանկանում նրան չարիք պատճառել,
23 Կամ թէ առանց տեսնելու անոր վրայ ոեւէ մահառիթ քար մը ձգէ ու զայն մեռցնէ եւ քանի որ ինք անոր թշնամի չէր ու անոր չարիքը չէր ուզեր,
կամ զամենայն քար որով մեռանիցի, եւ ոչ գիտութեամբ հարկանիցէ զնա եւ մեռանիցի, եւ նա չէր նորա թշնամի եւ ոչ խնդրէր չար առնել նմա:

35:23: կամ զամենայն քար որով մեռանիցի, եւ ո՛չ գիտութեամբ հարկանիցէ զնա՝ եւ մեռանիցի. եւ նա ո՛չ էր նորա թշնամի, եւ ո՛չ խնդրէր չար առնել նմա[1611].
[1611] Ոմանք. Կամ զամենայն քարով, որով մե՛՛.. եւ նա չէր նորա թշնամի։
23 կամ մահ պատճառող քարով առանց չարամտութեան է հարուածել նրան ու սպանել, սակայն սպանուողը նրա թշնամին չէր, եւ նա չէր ցանկանում նրան չարիք պատճառել,
23 Կամ թէ առանց տեսնելու անոր վրայ ոեւէ մահառիթ քար մը ձգէ ու զայն մեռցնէ եւ քանի որ ինք անոր թշնամի չէր ու անոր չարիքը չէր ուզեր,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:2323: или какой-нибудь камень, от которого можно умереть, не видя уронит на него так, что тот умрет, но он не был врагом его и не желал ему зла,
35:23 ἢ η or; than παντὶ πας all; every λίθῳ λιθος stone ἐν εν in ᾧ ος who; what ἀποθανεῖται αποθνησκω die ἐν εν in αὐτῷ αυτος he; him οὐκ ου not εἰδώς οιδα aware καὶ και and; even ἐπιπέσῃ επιπιπτω fall on / upon ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτόν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die αὐτὸς αυτος he; him δὲ δε though; while οὐκ ου not ἐχθρὸς εχθρος hostile; enemy αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἦν ειμι be οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither ζητῶν ζητεω seek; desire κακοποιῆσαι κακοποιεω do bad αὐτόν αυτος he; him
35:23 אֹ֣ו ʔˈô אֹו or בְ vᵊ בְּ in כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole אֶ֜בֶן ʔˈeven אֶבֶן stone אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] יָמ֥וּת yāmˌûṯ מות die בָּהּ֙ bˌāh בְּ in בְּ bᵊ בְּ in לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not רְאֹ֔ות rᵊʔˈôṯ ראה see וַ wa וְ and יַּפֵּ֥ל yyappˌēl נפל fall עָלָ֖יו ʕālˌāʸw עַל upon וַ wa וְ and יָּמֹ֑ת yyāmˈōṯ מות die וְ wᵊ וְ and הוּא֙ hû הוּא he לֹא־ lō- לֹא not אֹויֵ֣ב ʔôyˈēv איב be hostile לֹ֔ו lˈô לְ to וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not מְבַקֵּ֖שׁ mᵊvaqqˌēš בקשׁ seek רָעָתֹֽו׃ rāʕāṯˈô רָעָה evil
35:23. et inimicitiis quicquam horum feceritAnd enmity, he do any of these things,
23. or with any stone, whereby a man may die, seeing him not, and cast it upon him, so that he died, and he was not his enemy, neither sought his harm:
35:23. or animosity, he will have done any of these things,
35:23. Or with any stone, wherewith a man may die, seeing [him] not, and cast [it] upon him, that he die, and [was] not his enemy, neither sought his harm:
Or with any stone, wherewith a man may die, seeing [him] not, and cast [it] upon him, that he die, and [was] not his enemy, neither sought his harm:

23: или какой-нибудь камень, от которого можно умереть, не видя уронит на него так, что тот умрет, но он не был врагом его и не желал ему зла,
35:23
η or; than
παντὶ πας all; every
λίθῳ λιθος stone
ἐν εν in
ος who; what
ἀποθανεῖται αποθνησκω die
ἐν εν in
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
οὐκ ου not
εἰδώς οιδα aware
καὶ και and; even
ἐπιπέσῃ επιπιπτω fall on / upon
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die
αὐτὸς αυτος he; him
δὲ δε though; while
οὐκ ου not
ἐχθρὸς εχθρος hostile; enemy
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἦν ειμι be
οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither
ζητῶν ζητεω seek; desire
κακοποιῆσαι κακοποιεω do bad
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
35:23
אֹ֣ו ʔˈô אֹו or
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
אֶ֜בֶן ʔˈeven אֶבֶן stone
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יָמ֥וּת yāmˌûṯ מות die
בָּהּ֙ bˌāh בְּ in
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
רְאֹ֔ות rᵊʔˈôṯ ראה see
וַ wa וְ and
יַּפֵּ֥ל yyappˌēl נפל fall
עָלָ֖יו ʕālˌāʸw עַל upon
וַ wa וְ and
יָּמֹ֑ת yyāmˈōṯ מות die
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הוּא֙ הוּא he
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
אֹויֵ֣ב ʔôyˈēv איב be hostile
לֹ֔ו lˈô לְ to
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
מְבַקֵּ֖שׁ mᵊvaqqˌēš בקשׁ seek
רָעָתֹֽו׃ rāʕāṯˈô רָעָה evil
35:23. et inimicitiis quicquam horum fecerit
And enmity, he do any of these things,
35:23. or animosity, he will have done any of these things,
35:23. Or with any stone, wherewith a man may die, seeing [him] not, and cast [it] upon him, that he die, and [was] not his enemy, neither sought his harm:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
35:23 Or with any stone wherewith a man may die,.... Which is sufficient to kill a man, if thrown at him:
seeing him not; and so without intention: the Jews (s) from hence gather, that a blind man is to be acquitted and dismissed, and not banished and so stands in no need of a city of refuge; though others say he is to be banished, and needs it, and ought to have the privilege of it:
and cast it upon him that he die; casting, it upon another account, and with another view, but yet falling upon a man, it kills him:
and was not his enemy, neither sought him harm; it was never known that they were at variance, or that the slayer had ever by any overt act discovered any malice and enmity against the deceased, by word or deed, or ever sought to do him any injury, either to his person or property.
(s) Misn. Maccot, c. 2. sect. 3.
35:2435:24: դատեսցի՛ ժողովուրդն ՚ի մէջ հարկանելեացն, եւ ՚ի մէջ մերձաւորի արեանն ըստ դատաստանա՛ցս այսոցիկ.
24 այդ դէպքում ժողովուրդը հարուածողին սպանուածի մերձաւորի ներկայութեամբ դատ թող անի ըստ հետեւեալ դատաստանի.
24 Այն ատեն ժողովը սպաննողին ու արեան վրէժխնդրին մէջտեղ այս օրէնքներուն համեմատ դատաստան թող ընէ։
դատեսցի ժողովուրդն ի մէջ [565]հարկանելեացն եւ ի մէջ մերձաւորի արեանն ըստ դատաստանացս այսոցիկ:

35:24: դատեսցի՛ ժողովուրդն ՚ի մէջ հարկանելեացն, եւ ՚ի մէջ մերձաւորի արեանն ըստ դատաստանա՛ցս այսոցիկ.
24 այդ դէպքում ժողովուրդը հարուածողին սպանուածի մերձաւորի ներկայութեամբ դատ թող անի ըստ հետեւեալ դատաստանի.
24 Այն ատեն ժողովը սպաննողին ու արեան վրէժխնդրին մէջտեղ այս օրէնքներուն համեմատ դատաստան թող ընէ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:2424: то общество должно рассудить между убийцею и мстителем за кровь по сим постановлениям;
35:24 καὶ και and; even κρινεῖ κρινω judge; decide ἡ ο the συναγωγὴ συναγωγη gathering ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle τοῦ ο the πατάξαντος πατασσω pat; impact καὶ και and; even ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle τοῦ ο the ἀγχιστεύοντος αγχιστευω the αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams κατὰ κατα down; by τὰ ο the κρίματα κριμα judgment ταῦτα ουτος this; he
35:24 וְ wᵊ וְ and שָֽׁפְטוּ֙ šˈāfᵊṭû שׁפט judge הָֽ hˈā הַ the עֵדָ֔ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering בֵּ֚ין ˈbên בַּיִן interval הַ ha הַ the מַּכֶּ֔ה mmakkˈeh נכה strike וּ û וְ and בֵ֖ין vˌên בַּיִן interval גֹּאֵ֣ל gōʔˈēl גאל redeem הַ ha הַ the דָּ֑ם ddˈām דָּם blood עַ֥ל ʕˌal עַל upon הַ ha הַ the מִּשְׁפָּטִ֖ים mmišpāṭˌîm מִשְׁפָּט justice הָ hā הַ the אֵֽלֶּה׃ ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these
35:24. et hoc audiente populo fuerit conprobatum atque inter percussorem et propinquum sanguinis quaestio ventilataAnd this be proved in the hearing of the people, and the cause be debated between him that struck, and the next of kin:
24. then the congregation shall judge between the smiter and the avenger of blood according to these judgments:
35:24. and this has been proven in the hearing of the people, and the questions have been aired, between the one who struck and the close relative,
35:24. Then the congregation shall judge between the slayer and the revenger of blood according to these judgments:
Then the congregation shall judge between the slayer and the revenger of blood according to these judgments:

24: то общество должно рассудить между убийцею и мстителем за кровь по сим постановлениям;
35:24
καὶ και and; even
κρινεῖ κρινω judge; decide
ο the
συναγωγὴ συναγωγη gathering
ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each
μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τοῦ ο the
πατάξαντος πατασσω pat; impact
καὶ και and; even
ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each
μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τοῦ ο the
ἀγχιστεύοντος αγχιστευω the
αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὰ ο the
κρίματα κριμα judgment
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
35:24
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָֽׁפְטוּ֙ šˈāfᵊṭû שׁפט judge
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
עֵדָ֔ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering
בֵּ֚ין ˈbên בַּיִן interval
הַ ha הַ the
מַּכֶּ֔ה mmakkˈeh נכה strike
וּ û וְ and
בֵ֖ין vˌên בַּיִן interval
גֹּאֵ֣ל gōʔˈēl גאל redeem
הַ ha הַ the
דָּ֑ם ddˈām דָּם blood
עַ֥ל ʕˌal עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
מִּשְׁפָּטִ֖ים mmišpāṭˌîm מִשְׁפָּט justice
הָ הַ the
אֵֽלֶּה׃ ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these
35:24. et hoc audiente populo fuerit conprobatum atque inter percussorem et propinquum sanguinis quaestio ventilata
And this be proved in the hearing of the people, and the cause be debated between him that struck, and the next of kin:
35:24. and this has been proven in the hearing of the people, and the questions have been aired, between the one who struck and the close relative,
35:24. Then the congregation shall judge between the slayer and the revenger of blood according to these judgments:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
35:24
The case of the innocent slayer is here contemplated. In a doubtful case there would necessarily have to be a judicial decision as to the guilt or innocence of the person who claimed the right of asylum.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:24: Num 35:12; Jos 20:6
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
35:24
In such a case as this, the congregation was to judge between the slayer and the avenger of blood, according to the judgments before them. They were to rescue the innocent man from the avenger of blood, to bring him back to his (i.e., the nearest) city of refuge to which he had fled, that he might dwell there till the death of the high priest, who had been anointed with the holy oil.
Geneva 1599
35:24 Then the congregation shall judge between the slayer and the (h) revenger of blood according to these judgments:
(h) That is, his next kinsman.
John Gill
35:24 Then the congregation,.... That is, the court of judicature, assembled together to hear and try this cause:
shall judge between the slayer and the revenger of blood; shall hear what both have to say, and pass sentence:
according to these judgments; these judicial laws and rules of judgment before delivered, exemplified in various cases.
John Wesley
35:24 Then - If the man - slayer flee to to the city of refuge.
35:2535:25: եւ ապրեցուսցէ՛ ժողովուրդն զսպանօղն ՚ի մերձաւորէ արեանն։ Եւ յուղարկեսցէ՛ զնա ժողովուրդն անդրէն ՚ի քաղաքն ապաստանի յոր ապաւինեալն էր. եւ բնակեսցէ ա՛նդ մինչեւ մեռանիցի քահանայն մեծ զոր օծին իւղովն սրբութեան։
25 ժողովուրդը սպանողին թող փրկի սպանուածի մերձաւորների ձեռքից: Թող ժողովուրդը նրան ուղարկի ապաստան-քաղաք, ուր նա ապաստանել էր: Նա թող բնակուի այնտեղ, մինչեւ որ վախճանուի սուրբ իւղով օծուած քահանայապետը:
25 Ժողովը թող ազատէ սպաննողը արեան վրէժխնդրին ձեռքէն ու զանիկա նորէն իր ապաւինած ապաստան քաղաքը թող դարձնէ։ Անիկա հոն թող բնակի, մինչեւ որ սուրբ իւղով օծուած քահանայապետը մեռնի։
եւ ապրեցուսցէ ժողովուրդն զսպանօղն ի մերձաւորէ արեանն, եւ յուղարկեսցէ զնա ժողովուրդն անդրէն ի քաղաքն ապաստանի յոր ապաւինեալն էր. եւ բնակեսցէ անդ մինչեւ մեռանիցի քահանայն մեծ զոր օծին իւղովն սրբութեան:

35:25: եւ ապրեցուսցէ՛ ժողովուրդն զսպանօղն ՚ի մերձաւորէ արեանն։ Եւ յուղարկեսցէ՛ զնա ժողովուրդն անդրէն ՚ի քաղաքն ապաստանի յոր ապաւինեալն էր. եւ բնակեսցէ ա՛նդ մինչեւ մեռանիցի քահանայն մեծ զոր օծին իւղովն սրբութեան։
25 ժողովուրդը սպանողին թող փրկի սպանուածի մերձաւորների ձեռքից: Թող ժողովուրդը նրան ուղարկի ապաստան-քաղաք, ուր նա ապաստանել էր: Նա թող բնակուի այնտեղ, մինչեւ որ վախճանուի սուրբ իւղով օծուած քահանայապետը:
25 Ժողովը թող ազատէ սպաննողը արեան վրէժխնդրին ձեռքէն ու զանիկա նորէն իր ապաւինած ապաստան քաղաքը թող դարձնէ։ Անիկա հոն թող բնակի, մինչեւ որ սուրբ իւղով օծուած քահանայապետը մեռնի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:2525: и должно общество спасти убийцу от руки мстителя за кровь, и должно возвратить его общество в город убежища его, куда он убежал, чтоб он жил там до смерти великого священника, который помазан священным елеем;
35:25 καὶ και and; even ἐξελεῖται εξαιρεω extract; take out ἡ ο the συναγωγὴ συναγωγη gathering τὸν ο the φονεύσαντα φονευω murder ἀπὸ απο from; away τοῦ ο the ἀγχιστεύοντος αγχιστευω the αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams καὶ και and; even ἀποκαταστήσουσιν αποκαθιστημι restore; pay αὐτὸν αυτος he; him ἡ ο the συναγωγὴ συναγωγη gathering εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the πόλιν πολις city τοῦ ο the φυγαδευτηρίου φυγαδευτηριον he; him οὗ ου.1 where κατέφυγεν καταφευγω flee for refuge καὶ και and; even κατοικήσει κατοικεω settle ἐκεῖ εκει there ἕως εως till; until ἂν αν perhaps; ever ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die ὁ ο the ἱερεὺς ιερευς priest ὁ ο the μέγας μεγας great; loud ὃν ος who; what ἔχρισαν χριω anoint αὐτὸν αυτος he; him τῷ ο the ἐλαίῳ ελαιον oil τῷ ο the ἁγίῳ αγιος holy
35:25 וְ wᵊ וְ and הִצִּ֨ילוּ hiṣṣˌîlû נצל deliver הָ hā הַ the עֵדָ֜ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the רֹצֵ֗חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill מִ mi מִן from יַּד֮ yyaḏ יָד hand גֹּאֵ֣ל gōʔˈēl גאל redeem הַ ha הַ the דָּם֒ ddˌām דָּם blood וְ wᵊ וְ and הֵשִׁ֤יבוּ hēšˈîvû שׁוב return אֹתֹו֙ ʔōṯˌô אֵת [object marker] הָֽ hˈā הַ the עֵדָ֔ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to עִ֥יר ʕˌîr עִיר town מִקְלָטֹ֖ו miqlāṭˌô מִקְלָט refuge אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] נָ֣ס nˈās נוס flee שָׁ֑מָּה šˈāmmā שָׁם there וְ wᵊ וְ and יָ֣שַׁב yˈāšav ישׁב sit בָּ֗הּ bˈāh בְּ in עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto מֹות֙ môṯ מָוֶת death הַ ha הַ the כֹּהֵ֣ן kkōhˈēn כֹּהֵן priest הַ ha הַ the גָּדֹ֔ל ggāḏˈōl גָּדֹול great אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] מָשַׁ֥ח māšˌaḥ משׁח smear אֹתֹ֖ו ʔōṯˌô אֵת [object marker] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שֶׁ֥מֶן šˌemen שֶׁמֶן oil הַ ha הַ the קֹּֽדֶשׁ׃ qqˈōḏeš קֹדֶשׁ holiness
35:25. liberabitur innocens de ultoris manu et reducetur per sententiam in urbem ad quam confugerat manebitque ibi donec sacerdos magnus qui oleo sancto unctus est moriaturThe innocent shall be delivered from the hand of the revenger, and shall be brought back by sentence into the city, to which he had fled, and he shall abide there until the death of the high priest, that is anointed with the holy oil.
25. and the congregation shall deliver the manslayer out of the hand of the avenger of blood, and the congregation shall restore him to his city of refuge, whither he was fled: and he shall dwell therein until the death of the high priest, which was anointed with the holy oil.
35:25. then the innocent one shall be freed from the hand of the revenger, and he shall be returned by this judgment into the city to which he had fled, and he shall stay there until the high priest, who has been anointed with the holy oil, dies.
35:25. And the congregation shall deliver the slayer out of the hand of the revenger of blood, and the congregation shall restore him to the city of his refuge, whither he was fled: and he shall abide in it unto the death of the high priest, which was anointed with the holy oil.
And the congregation shall deliver the slayer out of the hand of the revenger of blood, and the congregation shall restore him to the city of his refuge, whither he was fled: and he shall abide in it unto the death of the high priest, which was anointed with the holy oil:

25: и должно общество спасти убийцу от руки мстителя за кровь, и должно возвратить его общество в город убежища его, куда он убежал, чтоб он жил там до смерти великого священника, который помазан священным елеем;
35:25
καὶ και and; even
ἐξελεῖται εξαιρεω extract; take out
ο the
συναγωγὴ συναγωγη gathering
τὸν ο the
φονεύσαντα φονευω murder
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τοῦ ο the
ἀγχιστεύοντος αγχιστευω the
αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams
καὶ και and; even
ἀποκαταστήσουσιν αποκαθιστημι restore; pay
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
ο the
συναγωγὴ συναγωγη gathering
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
πόλιν πολις city
τοῦ ο the
φυγαδευτηρίου φυγαδευτηριον he; him
οὗ ου.1 where
κατέφυγεν καταφευγω flee for refuge
καὶ και and; even
κατοικήσει κατοικεω settle
ἐκεῖ εκει there
ἕως εως till; until
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die
ο the
ἱερεὺς ιερευς priest
ο the
μέγας μεγας great; loud
ὃν ος who; what
ἔχρισαν χριω anoint
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
τῷ ο the
ἐλαίῳ ελαιον oil
τῷ ο the
ἁγίῳ αγιος holy
35:25
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִצִּ֨ילוּ hiṣṣˌîlû נצל deliver
הָ הַ the
עֵדָ֜ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
רֹצֵ֗חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
מִ mi מִן from
יַּד֮ yyaḏ יָד hand
גֹּאֵ֣ל gōʔˈēl גאל redeem
הַ ha הַ the
דָּם֒ ddˌām דָּם blood
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֵשִׁ֤יבוּ hēšˈîvû שׁוב return
אֹתֹו֙ ʔōṯˌô אֵת [object marker]
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
עֵדָ֔ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
עִ֥יר ʕˌîr עִיר town
מִקְלָטֹ֖ו miqlāṭˌô מִקְלָט refuge
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נָ֣ס nˈās נוס flee
שָׁ֑מָּה šˈāmmā שָׁם there
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָ֣שַׁב yˈāšav ישׁב sit
בָּ֗הּ bˈāh בְּ in
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
מֹות֙ môṯ מָוֶת death
הַ ha הַ the
כֹּהֵ֣ן kkōhˈēn כֹּהֵן priest
הַ ha הַ the
גָּדֹ֔ל ggāḏˈōl גָּדֹול great
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
מָשַׁ֥ח māšˌaḥ משׁח smear
אֹתֹ֖ו ʔōṯˌô אֵת [object marker]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שֶׁ֥מֶן šˌemen שֶׁמֶן oil
הַ ha הַ the
קֹּֽדֶשׁ׃ qqˈōḏeš קֹדֶשׁ holiness
35:25. liberabitur innocens de ultoris manu et reducetur per sententiam in urbem ad quam confugerat manebitque ibi donec sacerdos magnus qui oleo sancto unctus est moriatur
The innocent shall be delivered from the hand of the revenger, and shall be brought back by sentence into the city, to which he had fled, and he shall abide there until the death of the high priest, that is anointed with the holy oil.
35:25. then the innocent one shall be freed from the hand of the revenger, and he shall be returned by this judgment into the city to which he had fled, and he shall stay there until the high priest, who has been anointed with the holy oil, dies.
35:25. And the congregation shall deliver the slayer out of the hand of the revenger of blood, and the congregation shall restore him to the city of his refuge, whither he was fled: and he shall abide in it unto the death of the high priest, which was anointed with the holy oil.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
35:25
The homicide was safe only within the walls of his city of refuge. He became a virtual exile from his home. The provisions here made serve to mark the gravity of the act of manslaughter, even when not premeditated; and the inconveniences attending on them fell, as is right and fair, upon him who committed the deed.
Unto the death of the high priest - The atoning death of the Saviour cast its shadow before on the statute-book of the Law and on the annals of Jewish history. The high priest, as the head and representative of the whole chosen family of sacerdotal mediators, as exclusively entrusted with some of the chief priestly functions, as alone privileged to make yearly atonement within the holy of holies, and to gain, from the mysterious Urim and Thummim, special Revelations of the will of God, was, preeminently, a type of Christ. And thus the death of each successive high priest presignified that death of Christ by which the captives were to be freed, and the remembrance of transgressions made to cease.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:25: abide in it: Num 35:28; Jos 20:6; Rom 3:24-26; Eph 2:16-18; Heb 4:14-16, Heb 7:25-28; Heb 9:12-15, Heb 10:19-22
anointed: Exo 29:7; Lev 4:3, Lev 8:12, Lev 21:10
Geneva 1599
35:25 And the congregation shall deliver the slayer out of the hand of the revenger of blood, and the congregation shall restore him to the city of his refuge, whither he was fled: and he shall abide in it unto the death of the (i) high priest, which was anointed with the holy oil.
(i) Under this figure is declared, that our sins could not be remitted, but by the death of the high Priest Jesus Christ.
John Gill
35:25 And the congregation shall deliver the slayer out of the hand of the avenger of blood,.... Put him under the care of proper persons, to conduct him to one of the cities of refuge, or put him in the way to it; and restrain the avenger of blood from pursuing him, until such time that it may be judged he is safe arrived there:
and the congregation shall restore him to the city of refuge, whither he was fled; so that it seems by this, when one had been guilty of manslaughter, and fled to one of the cities of refuge, he might be taken from thence and had before a court of justice, and there take his trial; and if it appeared that the fact was committed by him, ignorantly, unawares, and without design, then he was returned to his city of refuge; but, if otherwise, he was put to death, notwithstanding he had fled thither; and so it is said in the Misnah (t), that"at first, or formerly, one that killed another ignorantly or presumptuously, they sent him before to one of the cities of refuge, and the sanhedrim sent and fetched him from thence: he who was condemned to death by the court, they slew him; he that was not condemned was dismissed; he that was condemned to banishment they returned him to his place, according to Num 35:25."
and he shall abide in it, unto the death of the high priest, which was anointed with the holy oil: and then he was to be set at liberty, and return to his house and family and have his former possessions and honours, if he had any, restored unto him, the commission or warrant for his detainer there ceasing, being made void by the death of the high priest; who was the prince of the priests and Levites, to whom those cities belonged, and so under his jurisdiction: or so it was ordered, because such was the general mourning for such a public loss as an high priest, that all private revenges would subside, and the cause of them be buried, in grief and forgetfulness; though, no doubt, this had a respect to something which will be hereafter taken notice of: the Jews say (u), that the mothers of the priests used to supply with a sufficient quantity of food and raiment such who fled to the cities of refuge, that they might not pray for the death of their sons; and according to them, a man's case was very bad when there was no high priest; for so they write (w)"he whose cause is finished (or his case determined in a court of judicature), and there is no high priest; and he that slays an high priest, or an high priest slays another, he never goes out, no not so much as to bear testimony in any cause, and even in what the congregation has need of him, but there are his dwelling, his death, and his burial.''
(t) Misn. Maccot. c. 2. sect. 6. (u) Misn. Maccot. c. 2. sect. 3. (w) Misn. Maccot, c. 2. sect. 7.
35:2635:26: Եւ եթէ ելանելով ելանիցէ սպանօղն ըստ սահմանս քաղաքին յոր ապաւինեալն էր[1612]. [1612] Ոմանք. Յոր ապաւինեցաւն։
26 Իսկ եթէ սպանողը դուրս գայ այն քաղաքի սահմաններից, որտեղ ապաստանել էր,
26 Բայց եթէ սպաննողը իր ապաւինած ապաստան քաղաքին սահմաններէն դուրս ելլէ
Եւ եթէ ելանելով ելանիցէ սպանօղն ըստ սահմանս քաղաքին յոր ապաւինեցաւն:

35:26: Եւ եթէ ելանելով ելանիցէ սպանօղն ըստ սահմանս քաղաքին յոր ապաւինեալն էր[1612].
[1612] Ոմանք. Յոր ապաւինեցաւն։
26 Իսկ եթէ սպանողը դուրս գայ այն քաղաքի սահմաններից, որտեղ ապաստանել էր,
26 Բայց եթէ սպաննողը իր ապաւինած ապաստան քաղաքին սահմաններէն դուրս ելլէ
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:2626: если же убийца выйдет за предел города убежища, в который он убежал,
35:26 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while ἐξόδῳ εξοδος exodus ἐξέλθῃ εξερχομαι come out; go out ὁ ο the φονεύσας φονευω murder τὰ ο the ὅρια οριον frontier τῆς ο the πόλεως πολις city εἰς εις into; for ἣν ος who; what κατέφυγεν καταφευγω flee for refuge ἐκεῖ εκει there
35:26 וְ wᵊ וְ and אִם־ ʔim- אִם if יָצֹ֥א yāṣˌō יצא go out יֵצֵ֖א yēṣˌē יצא go out הָ hā הַ the רֹצֵ֑חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] גְּבוּל֙ gᵊvûl גְּבוּל boundary עִ֣יר ʕˈîr עִיר town מִקְלָטֹ֔ו miqlāṭˈô מִקְלָט refuge אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יָנ֖וּס yānˌûs נוס flee שָֽׁמָּה׃ šˈāmmā שָׁם there
35:26. si interfector extra fines urbium quae exulibus deputatae suntIf the murderer be found without the limits of the cities that are appointed for the banished,
26. But if the manslayer shall at any time go beyond the border of his city of refuge, whither he fleeth;
35:26. If the one who has killed has been found beyond the limits of the cities which have been assigned to the exiled,
35:26. But if the slayer shall at any time come without the border of the city of his refuge, whither he was fled;
But if the slayer shall at any time come without the border of the city of his refuge, whither he was fled:

26: если же убийца выйдет за предел города убежища, в который он убежал,
35:26
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
ἐξόδῳ εξοδος exodus
ἐξέλθῃ εξερχομαι come out; go out
ο the
φονεύσας φονευω murder
τὰ ο the
ὅρια οριον frontier
τῆς ο the
πόλεως πολις city
εἰς εις into; for
ἣν ος who; what
κατέφυγεν καταφευγω flee for refuge
ἐκεῖ εκει there
35:26
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
יָצֹ֥א yāṣˌō יצא go out
יֵצֵ֖א yēṣˌē יצא go out
הָ הַ the
רֹצֵ֑חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
גְּבוּל֙ gᵊvûl גְּבוּל boundary
עִ֣יר ʕˈîr עִיר town
מִקְלָטֹ֔ו miqlāṭˈô מִקְלָט refuge
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יָנ֖וּס yānˌûs נוס flee
שָֽׁמָּה׃ šˈāmmā שָׁם there
35:26. si interfector extra fines urbium quae exulibus deputatae sunt
If the murderer be found without the limits of the cities that are appointed for the banished,
35:26. If the one who has killed has been found beyond the limits of the cities which have been assigned to the exiled,
35:26. But if the slayer shall at any time come without the border of the city of his refuge, whither he was fled;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:26: After the manslayer had been received into the city of refuge, the avenger of blood could only act as prosecutor; and the magistrates, in the presence of the people, were appointed to decide the cause according to the rules here laid down. Probably the accused person was tried at or near the place where the deceased had been slain, and where evidence could most easily be brought, and in case he was acquitted by the decision of the judges, and with the approbation of the people, he was conveyed back to the city of refuge, where he was protected as a kind of prisoner at large, till the death of the high priest; when the public loss, and the grief occasioned by it, might be supposed to swallow up all personal regrets and resentments, and then he was permitted to return to his house and estate. But if, in the mean while, he ventured to leave the city, and the avenger met him and slew him, he was supposed to merit his doom by thus neglecting the appointment of God for his preservation, and the avenger must not be punished. This shews that in other cases, if the avenger slew an innocent man on surmise, he was liable to the punishment of a murderer; but if, by the testimony of two credible witnesses, the man who had fled to the city of refuge was adjudged guilty, he must without fail be put to death.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
35:26
If he left the city of refuge before this, and the avenger of blood got hold of him, and slew him outside the borders (precincts) of the city, it was not to be reckoned to him as blood (דּם לו אין, like דּמים לו אין, Ex 22:1). But after the death of the high priest he might return "into the land of his possession," i.e., his hereditary possession (cf. Lev 27:22), sc., without the avenger of blood being allowed to pursue him any longer.
In these regulations "all the rigour of the divine justice is manifested in the most beautiful concord with His compassionate mercy. Through the destruction of life, even when not wilful, human blood had been shed, and demanded expiation. Yet this expiation did not consist in the death of the offender himself, because he had not sinned wilfully." Hence an asylum was provided for him in the free city, to which he might escape, and where he would lie concealed. This sojourn in the free city was not to be regarded as banishment, although separation from house, home, and family was certainly a punishment; but it was a concealment under "the protection of the mercy of God, which opened places of escape in the cities of refuge from the carnal ardour of the avenger of blood, where the slayer remained concealed until his sin was expiated by the death of the high priest." For the fact, that the death of the high priest was hereby regarded as expiatory, as many of the Rabbins, fathers, and earlier commentators maintain (see my Comm. on Joshua, p. 448), is unmistakeably evident from the addition of the clause, "who has been anointed with the holy oil," which would appear unmeaning and superfluous on any other view. This clause points to the inward connection between the return of the slayer and the death of the high priest. "The anointing with the holy oil was a symbol of the communication of the Holy Ghost, by which the high priest was empowered to act as mediator and representative of the nation before God, so that he alone could carry out the yearly and general expiation for the whole nation, on the great day of atonement. But as his life and work acquired a representative signification through this anointing with the Holy Ghost, his death might also be regarded as a death for the sins of the people, by virtue of the Holy Ghost imparted to him, through which the unintentional manslayer received the benefits of the propitiation for his sin before God, so that he could return cleansed to his native town, without further exposure to the vengeance of the avenger of blood" (Comm. on Joshua, p. 448). But inasmuch as, according to this view, the death of the high priest had the same result in a certain sense, in relation to his time of office, as his function on the day of atonement had had every year, "the death of the earthly high priest became thereby a type of that of the heavenly One, who, through the eternal (holy) Spirit, offered Himself without spot to God, that we might be redeemed from our transgressions, and receive the promised eternal inheritance (Heb 9:14-15). Just as the blood of Christ wrought out eternal redemption, only because through the eternal Spirit He offered Himself without spot to God, so the death of the high priest of the Old Testament secured the complete deliverance of the manslayer form his sin, only because he had been anointed with the holy oil, the symbol of the Holy Ghost."
John Gill
35:26 But if the slayer shall at any time come without the border of the city of his refuge,.... Which seems to be the three thousand cubits assigned to every city of the Levites, and so to the cities of refuge; and which, according to the Jewish writers, were a refuge, as the city itself; and it is said (x),"he, that kills a man there, is killed for him, but though the border is a refuge, the slayer does not dwell in it, as it is said. Num 35:25, "he shall abide in it", but not in its borders:"
whither he was fled; on account of manslaughter.
(x) Maimon. Hilchot Rotzeach, c. 8. sect. 11. Misn. Maccot, c. 2. sect. 7.
John Wesley
35:26 He shall abide in it - Be confined to it, partly to shew the hatefulness of murder in God's account by so severe a punishment, inflicted upon the very appearance of it, and partly for the security of the man - slayer, lest the presence of such a person, and his conversation among the kindred of the deceased, might occasion reproach and blood - shed. The death of the high - priest - Perhaps to shew that the death of Christ (the true High - priest, whom the others represented) is the only means whereby sins are pardoned and sinners set at liberty.
35:2735:27: եւ գտցէ զնա մերձաւոր արեանն արտաքոյ սահմանաց քաղաքին ապաստանի իւրոյ, սպանցէ՛ մերձաւոր արեանն զսպանօղն. եւ մի՛ լիցի մահապարտ[1613]։ [1613] Բազումք. Եւ մի՛ լինիցի մահապարտ։
27 եւ սպանուածի մերձաւորը նրան գտնի նրա ապաստանած քաղաքի սահմաններից դուրս, ապա սպանուածի արիւնակիցը թող սպանի մարդասպանին եւ մահապարտ չդիտուի:
27 Ու արեան վրէժխնդիրը զանիկա իր ապաստանի քաղաքին սահմանէն դուրս գտնէ եւ արեան վրէժխնդիրը՝ սպաննողը մեռցնելու ըլլայ, պէտք չէ մահապարտ սեպուի
եւ գտցէ զնա մերձաւոր արեանն արտաքոյ սահմանաց քաղաքին ապաստանի իւրոյ, եւ սպանցէ մերձաւոր արեանն զսպանօղն, մի՛ լինիցի մահապարտ:

35:27: եւ գտցէ զնա մերձաւոր արեանն արտաքոյ սահմանաց քաղաքին ապաստանի իւրոյ, սպանցէ՛ մերձաւոր արեանն զսպանօղն. եւ մի՛ լիցի մահապարտ[1613]։
[1613] Բազումք. Եւ մի՛ լինիցի մահապարտ։
27 եւ սպանուածի մերձաւորը նրան գտնի նրա ապաստանած քաղաքի սահմաններից դուրս, ապա սպանուածի արիւնակիցը թող սպանի մարդասպանին եւ մահապարտ չդիտուի:
27 Ու արեան վրէժխնդիրը զանիկա իր ապաստանի քաղաքին սահմանէն դուրս գտնէ եւ արեան վրէժխնդիրը՝ սպաննողը մեռցնելու ըլլայ, պէտք չէ մահապարտ սեպուի
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:2727: и найдет его мститель за кровь вне пределов города убежища его, и убьет убийцу сего мститель за кровь, то не будет на нем [вины] кровопролития,
35:27 καὶ και and; even εὕρῃ ευρισκω find αὐτὸν αυτος he; him ὁ ο the ἀγχιστεύων αγχιστευω the αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams ἔξω εξω outside τῶν ο the ὁρίων οριον frontier τῆς ο the πόλεως πολις city καταφυγῆς καταφυγη he; him καὶ και and; even φονεύσῃ φονευω murder ὁ ο the ἀγχιστεύων αγχιστευω the αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams τὸν ο the φονεύσαντα φονευω murder οὐκ ου not ἔνοχός ενοχος liable; guilty ἐστιν ειμι be
35:27 וּ û וְ and מָצָ֤א māṣˈā מצא find אֹתֹו֙ ʔōṯˌô אֵת [object marker] גֹּאֵ֣ל gōʔˈēl גאל redeem הַ ha הַ the דָּ֔ם ddˈām דָּם blood מִ mi מִן from ח֕וּץ ḥˈûṣ חוּץ outside לִ li לְ to גְב֖וּל ḡᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary עִ֣יר ʕˈîr עִיר town מִקְלָטֹ֑ו miqlāṭˈô מִקְלָט refuge וְ wᵊ וְ and רָצַ֞ח rāṣˈaḥ רצח kill גֹּאֵ֤ל gōʔˈēl גאל redeem הַ ha הַ the דָּם֙ ddˌām דָּם blood אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ֣ hˈā הַ the רֹצֵ֔חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill אֵ֥ין ʔˌên אַיִן [NEG] לֹ֖ו lˌô לְ to דָּֽם׃ dˈām דָּם blood
35:27. fuerit inventus et percussus ab eo qui ultor est sanguinis absque noxa erit qui eum occideritAnd be struck by him that is the avenger of blood: he shall not be guilty that killed him.
27. and the avenger of blood find him without the border of his city of refuge, and the avenger of blood slay the manslayer; he shall not be guilty of blood:
35:27. and he has been struck by him who is avenging blood, he who killed him shall not be harmed.
35:27. And the revenger of blood find him without the borders of the city of his refuge, and the revenger of blood kill the slayer; he shall not be guilty of blood:
And the revenger of blood find him without the borders of the city of his refuge, and the revenger of blood kill the slayer; he shall not be guilty of blood:

27: и найдет его мститель за кровь вне пределов города убежища его, и убьет убийцу сего мститель за кровь, то не будет на нем [вины] кровопролития,
35:27
καὶ και and; even
εὕρῃ ευρισκω find
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
ο the
ἀγχιστεύων αγχιστευω the
αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams
ἔξω εξω outside
τῶν ο the
ὁρίων οριον frontier
τῆς ο the
πόλεως πολις city
καταφυγῆς καταφυγη he; him
καὶ και and; even
φονεύσῃ φονευω murder
ο the
ἀγχιστεύων αγχιστευω the
αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams
τὸν ο the
φονεύσαντα φονευω murder
οὐκ ου not
ἔνοχός ενοχος liable; guilty
ἐστιν ειμι be
35:27
וּ û וְ and
מָצָ֤א māṣˈā מצא find
אֹתֹו֙ ʔōṯˌô אֵת [object marker]
גֹּאֵ֣ל gōʔˈēl גאל redeem
הַ ha הַ the
דָּ֔ם ddˈām דָּם blood
מִ mi מִן from
ח֕וּץ ḥˈûṣ חוּץ outside
לִ li לְ to
גְב֖וּל ḡᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary
עִ֣יר ʕˈîr עִיר town
מִקְלָטֹ֑ו miqlāṭˈô מִקְלָט refuge
וְ wᵊ וְ and
רָצַ֞ח rāṣˈaḥ רצח kill
גֹּאֵ֤ל gōʔˈēl גאל redeem
הַ ha הַ the
דָּם֙ ddˌām דָּם blood
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ֣ hˈā הַ the
רֹצֵ֔חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
אֵ֥ין ʔˌên אַיִן [NEG]
לֹ֖ו lˌô לְ to
דָּֽם׃ dˈām דָּם blood
35:27. fuerit inventus et percussus ab eo qui ultor est sanguinis absque noxa erit qui eum occiderit
And be struck by him that is the avenger of blood: he shall not be guilty that killed him.
35:27. and he has been struck by him who is avenging blood, he who killed him shall not be harmed.
35:27. And the revenger of blood find him without the borders of the city of his refuge, and the revenger of blood kill the slayer; he shall not be guilty of blood:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:27: he shall not be guilty of blood: Heb. no blood shall be to him, Exo 22:2; Deu 19:6, Deu 19:10
Geneva 1599
35:27 And the revenger of blood find him without the borders of the city of his refuge, and the revenger of blood kill the (k) slayer; he shall not be guilty of blood:
(k) By the sentence of the judge.
John Gill
35:27 And the revenger of blood find him without the borders of the city of his refuge,.... Without the suburbs, fields, and vineyards belonging to it:
and the revenger of blood kill the slayer; being exasperated against him, and to avenge the blood of his relation on him:
he shall not be guilty of blood; or be reckoned murderer, or die for it.
John Wesley
35:27 Not guilty - Not liable to punishment from men, though not free of guilt before God. This God ordained to oblige the man - slayer to abide in his city of refuge.
35:2835:28: Վասն այնորիկ ՚ի քաղաքի ապաստանին իւրոյ բնակեսցէ՝ մինչեւ մեռանիցի քահանայն մեծ. եւ յե՛տ մեռանելոյ քահանային մեծի, դարձցի՛ անդրէն սպանօղն յերկիր կալուածոց իւրոց[1614]։ [1614] Այլք. ՚Ի քաղաքի ապաւի՛նին իւրոյ բնա՛՛։
28 Դրա համար էլ մարդասպանը պէտք է բնակուի իր ապաստանած քաղաքում, մինչեւ որ վախճանուի քահանայապետը: Քահանայապետի վախճանուելուց յետոյ միայն մարդասպանը թող վերադառնայ իր կալուածքը:
28 Որովհետեւ սպաննողը իր ապաստան քաղաքը նստելու էր, մինչեւ որ քահանայապետը մեռնէր. բայց քահանայապետին մեռնելէն ետքը միայն իր սեփական երկիրը կրնայ դառնալ։
Վասն այնորիկ ի քաղաքի ապաւինին իւրոյ բնակեսցէ, մինչեւ մեռանիցի քահանայն մեծ. եւ յետ մեռանելոյ քահանային մեծի` դարձցի անդրէն սպանօղն յերկիր կալուածոց իւրոց:

35:28: Վասն այնորիկ ՚ի քաղաքի ապաստանին իւրոյ բնակեսցէ՝ մինչեւ մեռանիցի քահանայն մեծ. եւ յե՛տ մեռանելոյ քահանային մեծի, դարձցի՛ անդրէն սպանօղն յերկիր կալուածոց իւրոց[1614]։
[1614] Այլք. ՚Ի քաղաքի ապաւի՛նին իւրոյ բնա՛՛։
28 Դրա համար էլ մարդասպանը պէտք է բնակուի իր ապաստանած քաղաքում, մինչեւ որ վախճանուի քահանայապետը: Քահանայապետի վախճանուելուց յետոյ միայն մարդասպանը թող վերադառնայ իր կալուածքը:
28 Որովհետեւ սպաննողը իր ապաստան քաղաքը նստելու էր, մինչեւ որ քահանայապետը մեռնէր. բայց քահանայապետին մեռնելէն ետքը միայն իր սեփական երկիրը կրնայ դառնալ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:2828: ибо тот должен был жить в городе убежища своего до смерти великого священника, а по смерти великого священника должен был возвратиться убийца в землю владения своего.
35:28 ἐν εν in γὰρ γαρ for τῇ ο the πόλει πολις city τῆς ο the καταφυγῆς καταφυγη settle ἕως εως till; until ἂν αν perhaps; ever ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die ὁ ο the ἱερεὺς ιερευς priest ὁ ο the μέγας μεγας great; loud καὶ και and; even μετὰ μετα with; amid τὸ ο the ἀποθανεῖν αποθνησκω die τὸν ο the ἱερέα ιερευς priest τὸν ο the μέγαν μεγας great; loud ἐπαναστραφήσεται επαναστρεφω the φονεύσας φονευω murder εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land τῆς ο the κατασχέσεως κατασχεσις holding αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
35:28 כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that בְ vᵊ בְּ in עִ֤יר ʕˈîr עִיר town מִקְלָטֹו֙ miqlāṭˌô מִקְלָט refuge יֵשֵׁ֔ב yēšˈēv ישׁב sit עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto מֹ֖ות mˌôṯ מָוֶת death הַ ha הַ the כֹּהֵ֣ן kkōhˈēn כֹּהֵן priest הַ ha הַ the גָּדֹ֑ל ggāḏˈōl גָּדֹול great וְ wᵊ וְ and אַחֲרֵ֥י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after מֹות֙ môṯ מָוֶת death הַ ha הַ the כֹּהֵ֣ן kkōhˈēn כֹּהֵן priest הַ ha הַ the גָּדֹ֔ל ggāḏˈōl גָּדֹול great יָשׁוּב֙ yāšûv שׁוב return הָ hā הַ the רֹצֵ֔חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to אֶ֖רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲחֻזָּתֹֽו׃ ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˈô אֲחֻזָּה land property
35:28. debuerat enim profugus usque ad mortem pontificis in urbe residere postquam autem ille obierit homicida revertetur in terram suamFor the fugitive ought to have stayed in the city until the death of the high priest: and after he is dead, then shall the manslayer return to his own country.
28. because he should have remained in his city of refuge until the death of the high priest: but after the death of the high priest the manslayer shall return into the land of his possession.
35:28. For the fugitive ought to have resided in the city, until the death of the high priest. Then, after he is dead, the one who has killed shall be returned to his own land.
35:28. Because he should have remained in the city of his refuge until the death of the high priest: but after the death of the high priest the slayer shall return into the land of his possession.
Because he should have remained in the city of his refuge until the death of the high priest: but after the death of the high priest the slayer shall return into the land of his possession:

28: ибо тот должен был жить в городе убежища своего до смерти великого священника, а по смерти великого священника должен был возвратиться убийца в землю владения своего.
35:28
ἐν εν in
γὰρ γαρ for
τῇ ο the
πόλει πολις city
τῆς ο the
καταφυγῆς καταφυγη settle
ἕως εως till; until
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die
ο the
ἱερεὺς ιερευς priest
ο the
μέγας μεγας great; loud
καὶ και and; even
μετὰ μετα with; amid
τὸ ο the
ἀποθανεῖν αποθνησκω die
τὸν ο the
ἱερέα ιερευς priest
τὸν ο the
μέγαν μεγας great; loud
ἐπαναστραφήσεται επαναστρεφω the
φονεύσας φονευω murder
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
τῆς ο the
κατασχέσεως κατασχεσις holding
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
35:28
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
עִ֤יר ʕˈîr עִיר town
מִקְלָטֹו֙ miqlāṭˌô מִקְלָט refuge
יֵשֵׁ֔ב yēšˈēv ישׁב sit
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
מֹ֖ות mˌôṯ מָוֶת death
הַ ha הַ the
כֹּהֵ֣ן kkōhˈēn כֹּהֵן priest
הַ ha הַ the
גָּדֹ֑ל ggāḏˈōl גָּדֹול great
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַחֲרֵ֥י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after
מֹות֙ môṯ מָוֶת death
הַ ha הַ the
כֹּהֵ֣ן kkōhˈēn כֹּהֵן priest
הַ ha הַ the
גָּדֹ֔ל ggāḏˈōl גָּדֹול great
יָשׁוּב֙ yāšûv שׁוב return
הָ הַ the
רֹצֵ֔חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
אֶ֖רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲחֻזָּתֹֽו׃ ʔᵃḥuzzāṯˈô אֲחֻזָּה land property
35:28. debuerat enim profugus usque ad mortem pontificis in urbe residere postquam autem ille obierit homicida revertetur in terram suam
For the fugitive ought to have stayed in the city until the death of the high priest: and after he is dead, then shall the manslayer return to his own country.
35:28. For the fugitive ought to have resided in the city, until the death of the high priest. Then, after he is dead, the one who has killed shall be returned to his own land.
35:28. Because he should have remained in the city of his refuge until the death of the high priest: but after the death of the high priest the slayer shall return into the land of his possession.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:28: he should: Joh 15:4-6; Act 11:23, Act 27:31; Heb 3:14, Heb 6:4-8, Heb 10:26-30, Heb 10:39
after the death: Heb 9:11, Heb 9:12, Heb 9:15-17
John Gill
35:28 Because he should have remained in the city of his refuge until the death of the high priest,.... Nothing could give him his liberty but his death; so that though this was a merciful provision made in such cases for such persons, and was a considerable benefit and privilege, yet it carried in it some appearance of a punishment; since such a person was confined within the boundaries of one of the cities of refuge as long as the high priest lived; and this was done to make persons cautious how they were any way accessory to the death of another, though without design:
but after the death of the high priest the slayer shall return into the land of his possession; to that part of the land, and to that tribe to which he belonged, to his house and family, and to his possessions and inheritances, whatever he had, and to all the honours and privileges he before enjoyed, and under no danger from the avenger of blood henceforward: a custom somewhat like this has prevailed in some parts of Africa, as Leo Africanus (y) relates, that if a man happened to kill another, all the friends of the deceased conspired to kill him, but if they could not effect it, then the guilty person was proclaimed an exile from the city, for the whole space of seven years; and at the expiration of the whole seven years, when he returned from his exile, the chief men of the city invited him to a feast, and so he was restored to his liberty: temples, groves, altars, and statues, were common among other nations for asylums or refuges, but whole cities very rarely with the ancients; it seems there were some (z).
(y) Descriptio Africae, l. 2. p. 135, 136. (z) Vid. Marmor. Oxon. & Not. in ib. p. 25. & Rittershusium de Jure Asylorum, c. 2.
35:2935:29: Եւ եղիցի այս ձեզ յիրաւո՛ւնս դատաստանի յա՛զգս ձեր, յամենայն բնակութեան ձերում։
29 Սա ձեր սերունդների մէջ արդարադատութեան օրէնք թող լինի ձեր բնակութեան բոլոր վայրերում:
29 Ասոնք ձեզի դատաստանի կանոններ ըլլան ձեր սերունդներուն ու ձեր բոլոր բնակութիւններուն մէջ։
Եւ եղիցի այս ձեզ յիրաւունս դատաստանի յազգս ձեր, յամենայն բնակութեան ձերում:

35:29: Եւ եղիցի այս ձեզ յիրաւո՛ւնս դատաստանի յա՛զգս ձեր, յամենայն բնակութեան ձերում։
29 Սա ձեր սերունդների մէջ արդարադատութեան օրէնք թող լինի ձեր բնակութեան բոլոր վայրերում:
29 Ասոնք ձեզի դատաստանի կանոններ ըլլան ձեր սերունդներուն ու ձեր բոլոր բնակութիւններուն մէջ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:2929: Да будет это у вас постановлением законным в роды ваши, во всех жилищах ваших.
35:29 καὶ και and; even ἔσται ειμι be ταῦτα ουτος this; he ὑμῖν υμιν you εἰς εις into; for δικαίωμα δικαιωμα justification κρίματος κριμα judgment εἰς εις into; for τὰς ο the γενεὰς γενεα generation ὑμῶν υμων your ἐν εν in πάσαις πας all; every ταῖς ο the κατοικίαις κατοικια settlement ὑμῶν υμων your
35:29 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָי֨וּ hāyˌû היה be אֵ֧לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these לָכֶ֛ם lāḵˈem לְ to לְ lᵊ לְ to חֻקַּ֥ת ḥuqqˌaṯ חֻקָּה regulation מִשְׁפָּ֖ט mišpˌāṭ מִשְׁפָּט justice לְ lᵊ לְ to דֹרֹתֵיכֶ֑ם ḏōrōṯêḵˈem דֹּור generation בְּ bᵊ בְּ in כֹ֖ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole מֹושְׁבֹתֵיכֶֽם׃ môšᵊvōṯêḵˈem מֹושָׁב seat
35:29. haec sempiterna erunt et legitima in cunctis habitationibus vestrisThese things shall be perpetual, and for an ordinance in all your dwellings.
29. And these things shall be for a statute of judgment unto you throughout your generations in all your dwellings.
35:29. These things shall be a perpetual ordinance in all your habitations.
35:29. So these [things] shall be for a statute of judgment unto you throughout your generations in all your dwellings.
So these [things] shall be for a statute of judgment unto you throughout your generations in all your dwellings:

29: Да будет это у вас постановлением законным в роды ваши, во всех жилищах ваших.
35:29
καὶ και and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
ὑμῖν υμιν you
εἰς εις into; for
δικαίωμα δικαιωμα justification
κρίματος κριμα judgment
εἰς εις into; for
τὰς ο the
γενεὰς γενεα generation
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἐν εν in
πάσαις πας all; every
ταῖς ο the
κατοικίαις κατοικια settlement
ὑμῶν υμων your
35:29
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָי֨וּ hāyˌû היה be
אֵ֧לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these
לָכֶ֛ם lāḵˈem לְ to
לְ lᵊ לְ to
חֻקַּ֥ת ḥuqqˌaṯ חֻקָּה regulation
מִשְׁפָּ֖ט mišpˌāṭ מִשְׁפָּט justice
לְ lᵊ לְ to
דֹרֹתֵיכֶ֑ם ḏōrōṯêḵˈem דֹּור generation
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
כֹ֖ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
מֹושְׁבֹתֵיכֶֽם׃ môšᵊvōṯêḵˈem מֹושָׁב seat
35:29. haec sempiterna erunt et legitima in cunctis habitationibus vestris
These things shall be perpetual, and for an ordinance in all your dwellings.
35:29. These things shall be a perpetual ordinance in all your habitations.
35:29. So these [things] shall be for a statute of judgment unto you throughout your generations in all your dwellings.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:29: Num 27:1, Num 27:11
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
35:29
If, therefore, the confinement of the unintentional manslayer in the city of refuge was neither an ordinary exile nor merely a means of rescuing him from the revenge of the enraged goel, but an appointment of the just and merciful God for the expiation of human blood even though not wilfully shed, that, whilst there was no violation of judicial righteousness, a barrier might be set to the unrighteousness of family revenge; it was necessary to guard against any such abuse of this gracious provision of the righteous God, as that into which the heathen right of asylum had degenerated.
(Note: On the asyla, in general, see Winer's Real-Wrterbuch, art. Freistatt; Pauly, Real-encyckl. der class. Alterthums-wissenschaft, Bd. i. s. v. Asylum; but more especially K. Dann, "ber den Ursprung des Asylrechts und dessen Schicksale und Ueberreste in Europa," in his Ztschr. fr deutsches Recht, Lpz. 1840. "The asyla of the Greeks, Romans, and Germans differed altogether from those of the Hebrews; for whilst the latter were never intended to save the wilful criminal from the punishment he deserved, but were simply established for the purpose of securing a just sentence, the former actually answered the purpose of rescuing the criminal from the punishment which he legally deserved.")
The instructions which follow in Num 35:29-34 were intended to secure this object. In Num 35:29, there is first of all the general law, that these instructions (those given in vv. 11-28) were to be for a statute of judgment (see Num 27:11) for all future ages ("throughout your generations," see Ex 12:14, Ex 12:20). Then, in Num 35:30, a just judgment is enforced in the treatment of murder. "Whoso killeth any person (these words are construed absolutely), at the mouth (the testimony) of witnesses shall the murderer be put to death; and one witness shall not answer (give evidence) against a person to die;" i.e., if the taking of life were in question, capital punishment was not to be inflicted upon the testimony of one person only, but upon that of a plurality of witnesses. One witness could not only be more easily mistaken than several, but would be more likely to be partial than several persons who were unanimous in bearing witness to one and the same thing. The number of witnesses was afterwards fixed at two witnesses, at least, in the case of capital crimes (Deut 17:6), and two or three in the case of every crime (Deut 19:15; cf. Jn 8:17; 2Cor 13:1; Heb 10:28). - Lastly (Num 35:31.), the command is given not to take redemption money, either for the life of the murderer, who was a wicked man to die, i.e., deserving of death (such a man was to be put to death); nor "for fleeing into the city of refuge, to return to dwell in the land till the death of the high priest:" that is to say, they were neither to allow the wilful murderer to come to terms with the relative of the man who had been put to death, by the payment of a redemption fee, and so to save his life, as is not unfrequently the case in the East at the present day (cf. Robinson, Pal. i. p. 209, and Lane's Manners and Customs); nor even to allow the unintentional murderer to purchase permission to return home from the city of refuge before the death of the high priest, by the payment of a money compensation.
Geneva 1599
35:29 So these [things] shall be for a (l) statute of judgment unto you throughout your generations in all your dwellings.
(l) A law to judge murders done either on purpose, or accidentally.
John Gill
35:29 So these things shall be for a statute of judgment unto you,.... A judicial law, according to which they were to proceed in all the above cases:
throughout your generations in all your dwellings; throughout all ages, as long as they dwelt in the land of Canaan, even unto the times of the Messiah, in whom the things figured hereby had their accomplishment: the cities of refuge were types of Christ: hence a divine person, even the Messiah, is often spoken of as the refuge of his people, Ps 9:9 with which compare Heb 6:18 these were places to flee to, as the word is rendered by the Greek version; to Christ sensible sinners flee for shelter and safety, which supposes danger in themselves from the law and justice of God; a sense of that danger which makes them flee from wrath to come; a view of Christ, as a place of refuge, and that no other but he will serve their purpose, and therefore make all the haste and speed they can unto him. The word properly signifies cities of gathering, or of reception. There was a gathering of the elect of God to Christ at his death; and there is another at effectual calling, which is an act of God's grace, and a distinguishing one, when souls gather to Christ as their Saviour for righteousness, peace, pardon, rest, and everlasting life; and when Christ receives them, though sinners, into his arms, and into his heart, and into open fellowship with him, so as to dwell in him, where they dwell pleasantly and safely; he receives them into his house here, and into heaven hereafter; and by, and in Christ, those that flee to him, and are received by him, are retained and preserved from Satan, law, hell and death. The cities of refuge were of God's appointing; so Christ, as a Saviour, and rock of refuge to his people, is appointed and foreordained of God; they were well known for refuges, as the Lord is in the places of Zion; they were open for all, at all times, as Christ is for all sinners, even the chief of sinners, Jews or Gentiles; they are all one in Christ, the Israelite, and the stranger and sojourner; all impediments were removed out of the way of them, and plain directions to them given, as are in the Gospel, and by the ministers of it; and there is always room in Christ for such that flee to him, as there was in those cities; and being in him, they are safe from the curse and condemnation of the law, from wrath to come, and from the second death; and their redemption and atonement, peace and reconciliation, liberty, life and salvation, are owing to the death of Christ, their high priest. Abendana (a) observes, that the death of the high priest atoned for the offence (of manslaughter), which was the reason the manslayer continued in the city of refuge till his death, and then was released: however, certain it is, that the death of Christ, our high priest, atones for every sin of those that flee to him, and by which they are reconciled to God. In some things there is a difference between these cities of refuge and Christ; they were six, he but one; they were for such only who shed blood ignorantly, he for such that were enemies to him, and lived in malice towards others, and guilty of the most enormous crimes: to be in these cities of refuge was a kind of exile and imprisonment, but they that are in Christ are freemen; it was possible that such might die that were in them, and at most were only delivered from temporal death, but they that flee to Christ for refuge are saved with an everlasting salvation.
(a) Not. in Miclol Yophi in ver. 25.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
35:29 these things shall be for a statute of judgment unto you throughout your generations--The law of the blood-avenger, as thus established by divine authority, was a vast improvement on the ancient practice of Goelism. By the appointment of cities of refuge, the manslayer was saved, in the meantime, from the blind and impetuous fury of vindictive relatives; but he might be tried by the local court, and, if proved guilty on sufficient evidence, condemned and punished as a murderer, without the possibility of deliverance by any pecuniary satisfaction. The enactment of Moses, which was an adaptation to the character and usages of the Hebrew people, secured the double advantage of promoting the ends both of humanity and of justice.
35:3035:30: Ամենայն որ հարկանիցէ զանձն. վկայի՛ւք սպանցեն զսպանօղն. եւ մի՛ միայն վկայ՝ մի՛ վկայեսցէ սպանանելոյն զանձն։
30 Ով որ մէկին սպանի, վկաներո՛վ թող սպանեն մարդասպանին: Մէկ հոգու վկայութիւնը բաւարար չէ մահուան վճիռ արձակելու համար:
30 Ով որ մարդ մեռցնէ, սպաննողը վկաներու ցուցմունքով պէտք է մեռցուի. բայց մարդ մը մեռցնելու համար՝ միայն մէկ հոգիի վկայութիւնը բաւական չէ։
Ամենայն որ հարկանիցէ զանձն, վկայիւք սպանցեն զսպանօղն. եւ մի միայն վկայ մի՛ վկայեսցէ սպանանելոյ զանձն:

35:30: Ամենայն որ հարկանիցէ զանձն. վկայի՛ւք սպանցեն զսպանօղն. եւ մի՛ միայն վկայ՝ մի՛ վկայեսցէ սպանանելոյն զանձն։
30 Ով որ մէկին սպանի, վկաներո՛վ թող սպանեն մարդասպանին: Մէկ հոգու վկայութիւնը բաւարար չէ մահուան վճիռ արձակելու համար:
30 Ով որ մարդ մեռցնէ, սպաննողը վկաներու ցուցմունքով պէտք է մեռցուի. բայց մարդ մը մեռցնելու համար՝ միայն մէկ հոգիի վկայութիւնը բաւական չէ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:3030: Если кто убьет человека, то убийцу должно убить по словам свидетелей; но одного свидетеля недостаточно, [чтобы осудить] на смерть.
35:30 πᾶς πας all; every πατάξας πατασσω pat; impact ψυχήν ψυχη soul διὰ δια through; because of μαρτύρων μαρτυς witness φονεύσεις φονευω murder τὸν ο the φονεύσαντα φονευω murder καὶ και and; even μάρτυς μαρτυς witness εἷς εις.1 one; unit οὐ ου not μαρτυρήσει μαρτυρεω testify; attest ἐπὶ επι in; on ψυχὴν ψυχη soul ἀποθανεῖν αποθνησκω die
35:30 כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole מַ֨כֵּה־ mˌakkē- נכה strike נֶ֔פֶשׁ nˈefeš נֶפֶשׁ soul לְ lᵊ לְ to פִ֣י fˈî פֶּה mouth עֵדִ֔ים ʕēḏˈîm עֵד witness יִרְצַ֖ח yirṣˌaḥ רצח kill אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the רֹצֵ֑חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill וְ wᵊ וְ and עֵ֣ד ʕˈēḏ עֵד witness אֶחָ֔ד ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one לֹא־ lō- לֹא not יַעֲנֶ֥ה yaʕᵃnˌeh ענה answer בְ vᵊ בְּ in נֶ֖פֶשׁ nˌefeš נֶפֶשׁ soul לָ lā לְ to מֽוּת׃ mˈûṯ מות die
35:30. homicida sub testibus punietur ad unius testimonium nullus condemnabiturThe murderer shall be punished by witnesses: none shall be condemned upon the evidence of one man.
30. Whoso killeth any person, the manslayer shall be slain at the mouth of witnesses: but one witness shall not testify against any person that he die.
35:30. The punishment of a murderer shall be based upon testimony; but no one shall be condemned upon the testimony of only one person.
35:30. Whoso killeth any person, the murderer shall be put to death by the mouth of witnesses: but one witness shall not testify against any person [to cause him] to die.
Whoso killeth any person, the murderer shall be put to death by the mouth of witnesses: but one witness shall not testify against any person [to cause him] to die:

30: Если кто убьет человека, то убийцу должно убить по словам свидетелей; но одного свидетеля недостаточно, [чтобы осудить] на смерть.
35:30
πᾶς πας all; every
πατάξας πατασσω pat; impact
ψυχήν ψυχη soul
διὰ δια through; because of
μαρτύρων μαρτυς witness
φονεύσεις φονευω murder
τὸν ο the
φονεύσαντα φονευω murder
καὶ και and; even
μάρτυς μαρτυς witness
εἷς εις.1 one; unit
οὐ ου not
μαρτυρήσει μαρτυρεω testify; attest
ἐπὶ επι in; on
ψυχὴν ψυχη soul
ἀποθανεῖν αποθνησκω die
35:30
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
מַ֨כֵּה־ mˌakkē- נכה strike
נֶ֔פֶשׁ nˈefeš נֶפֶשׁ soul
לְ lᵊ לְ to
פִ֣י fˈî פֶּה mouth
עֵדִ֔ים ʕēḏˈîm עֵד witness
יִרְצַ֖ח yirṣˌaḥ רצח kill
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
רֹצֵ֑חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עֵ֣ד ʕˈēḏ עֵד witness
אֶחָ֔ד ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
יַעֲנֶ֥ה yaʕᵃnˌeh ענה answer
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
נֶ֖פֶשׁ nˌefeš נֶפֶשׁ soul
לָ לְ to
מֽוּת׃ mˈûṯ מות die
35:30. homicida sub testibus punietur ad unius testimonium nullus condemnabitur
The murderer shall be punished by witnesses: none shall be condemned upon the evidence of one man.
35:30. The punishment of a murderer shall be based upon testimony; but no one shall be condemned upon the testimony of only one person.
35:30. Whoso killeth any person, the murderer shall be put to death by the mouth of witnesses: but one witness shall not testify against any person [to cause him] to die.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
35:30: But one witness shall not testify against any - This was a just and necessary provision. One may be mistaken, or so violently prejudiced as to impose even on his own judgment, or so wicked as to endeavor through malice to compass the life of his neighbor: but it is not likely that two or more should be of this kind; and even were they, their separate examination would lead to a discovery of the truth, and to their conviction.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
35:30: By the mouth of witnesses - i. e. two witnesses, at the least (compare the marginal references). The provisions of this and the following verses protect the enactments of this chapter from abuse. The cities of refuge were not intended to exempt a criminal from deserved punishment.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:30: Deu 17:6, Deu 17:7, Deu 19:15; Mat 18:16; Joh 8:17, Joh 8:18; Co2 13:1; Ti1 5:19; Heb 10:28; Rev 11:3
John Gill
35:30 Whoso killeth any person,.... Willingly, and through enmity and malice:
the murderer shall be put to death by the mouth of two witnesses; which is repeated partly to show, that this law concerning the cities of refuge was not designed to screen a murderer, who was guilty through malice prepense; and partly for the sake of what is added to it, that two witnesses are required in such a case, where a man's life is at stake, to prove the fact against him; which shows how careful the Lord is, and men should be, of the lives of his creatures, that no man suffer wrongfully; which is repeated again and again, that it might be observed, see Deut 17:6 but one witness shall not testify against any person, to cause him to die; which looks as if in other cases, in pecuniary matters, and the like, where life is not concerned, one witness may be sufficient; though it is always best and safest to have more if they can be had, that at the mouth of two or three witnesses everything may be established, Deut 19:15.
35:3135:31: Եւ փրկանս ընդ անձին ՚ի սպանողէն՝ որ մահապարտ իցէ, մի՛ առնուցուք. այլ մահո՛ւ մեռանիցի[1615]։ [1615] Ոմանք. Որ մահապարտ է, մի՛ առնու՛՛։
31 Մահապարտ մարդասպանից փրկագին չպէտք է վերցնէք: Նա պէտք է մահապատժի ենթարկուի:
31 Մահապարտէ մը սպաննուողին կեանքին համար փրկանք մի՛ առնէք. քանզի անիկա անպատճառ մեռցուելու է։
Եւ փրկանս ընդ անձին ի սպանողէն որ մահապարտ իցէ` մի՛ առնուցուք. այլ մահու մեռանիցի:

35:31: Եւ փրկանս ընդ անձին ՚ի սպանողէն՝ որ մահապարտ իցէ, մի՛ առնուցուք. այլ մահո՛ւ մեռանիցի[1615]։
[1615] Ոմանք. Որ մահապարտ է, մի՛ առնու՛՛։
31 Մահապարտ մարդասպանից փրկագին չպէտք է վերցնէք: Նա պէտք է մահապատժի ենթարկուի:
31 Մահապարտէ մը սպաննուողին կեանքին համար փրկանք մի՛ առնէք. քանզի անիկա անպատճառ մեռցուելու է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:3131: И не берите выкупа за душу убийцы, который повинен смерти, но его должно предать смерти;
35:31 καὶ και and; even οὐ ου not λήμψεσθε λαμβανω take; get λύτρα λυτρον ransom περὶ περι about; around ψυχῆς ψυχη soul παρὰ παρα from; by τοῦ ο the φονεύσαντος φονευω murder τοῦ ο the ἐνόχου ενοχος liable; guilty ὄντος ειμι be ἀναιρεθῆναι αναιρεω eliminate; take up θανάτῳ θανατος death γὰρ γαρ for θανατωθήσεται θανατοω put to death
35:31 וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not תִקְח֥וּ ṯiqḥˌû לקח take כֹ֨פֶר֙ ḵˈōfer כֹּפֶר ransom לְ lᵊ לְ to נֶ֣פֶשׁ nˈefeš נֶפֶשׁ soul רֹצֵ֔חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he רָשָׁ֖ע rāšˌāʕ רָשָׁע guilty לָ lā לְ to מ֑וּת mˈûṯ מות die כִּי־ kî- כִּי that מֹ֖ות mˌôṯ מות die יוּמָֽת׃ yûmˈāṯ מות die
35:31. non accipietis pretium ab eo qui reus est sanguinis statim et ipse morieturYou shall not take money of him that is guilty of blood, but he shall die forthwith.
31. Moreover ye shall take no ransom for the life of a manslayer, which is guilty of death: but he shall surely be put to death.
35:31. You shall not accept money from him who is guilty of blood, and he shall be put to death promptly.
35:31. Moreover ye shall take no satisfaction for the life of a murderer, which [is] guilty of death: but he shall be surely put to death.
Moreover ye shall take no satisfaction for the life of a murderer, which [is] guilty of death: but he shall be surely put to death:

31: И не берите выкупа за душу убийцы, который повинен смерти, но его должно предать смерти;
35:31
καὶ και and; even
οὐ ου not
λήμψεσθε λαμβανω take; get
λύτρα λυτρον ransom
περὶ περι about; around
ψυχῆς ψυχη soul
παρὰ παρα from; by
τοῦ ο the
φονεύσαντος φονευω murder
τοῦ ο the
ἐνόχου ενοχος liable; guilty
ὄντος ειμι be
ἀναιρεθῆναι αναιρεω eliminate; take up
θανάτῳ θανατος death
γὰρ γαρ for
θανατωθήσεται θανατοω put to death
35:31
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
תִקְח֥וּ ṯiqḥˌû לקח take
כֹ֨פֶר֙ ḵˈōfer כֹּפֶר ransom
לְ lᵊ לְ to
נֶ֣פֶשׁ nˈefeš נֶפֶשׁ soul
רֹצֵ֔חַ rōṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he
רָשָׁ֖ע rāšˌāʕ רָשָׁע guilty
לָ לְ to
מ֑וּת mˈûṯ מות die
כִּי־ kî- כִּי that
מֹ֖ות mˌôṯ מות die
יוּמָֽת׃ yûmˈāṯ מות die
35:31. non accipietis pretium ab eo qui reus est sanguinis statim et ipse morietur
You shall not take money of him that is guilty of blood, but he shall die forthwith.
35:31. You shall not accept money from him who is guilty of blood, and he shall be put to death promptly.
35:31. Moreover ye shall take no satisfaction for the life of a murderer, which [is] guilty of death: but he shall be surely put to death.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
35:31: Ye shall take no satisfaction for the life of a murderer - No atonement could be made for him, nor any commutation, so as to save him from death. All the laws of the civilized world have either adjudged the murderer to death, or to a punishment equivalent to it; such as perpetual imprisonment, in a dungeon, under ground, on a stone floor, without light, and to be fed on a small portion of bread and water. In such circumstances a man could live but a short time; and though it is not called the punishment of death, yet, from its inevitable consequences, it only differed from it by being a little longer respite than was usual where the punishment of death was awarded. See the note on Gen 9:6.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
35:31: No satisfaction - Rather, ransom (see Exo 21:30). The permission to demand pecuniary compensation for murders (expressly sanctioned by the Koran) undoubtedly mitigates, in practice, the system of private retaliation; but it does so by sacrificing the principle named in Num 35:12, Num 35:33.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:31: Moreover: Gen 9:5, Gen 9:6; Exo 21:14; Deu 19:11-13; Sa2 12:13; Kg1 2:28-34; Psa 51:14
guilty of death: Heb. faulty to die
Geneva 1599
35:31 Moreover ye shall take no satisfaction for the life of a murderer, which [is] (m) guilty of death: but he shall be surely put to death.
(m) Who purposely committed murder.
John Gill
35:31 Moreover, ye shall take no satisfaction for the life of a murderer,.... Though he would give all his wealth and substance, all his estates and possessions, and whatever he is worth in the world; for all that a man has he will give for his life; but these are not to be taken, nor anything, and everything his friends may offer for him; all is to be rejected, the life of such a man is not to be saved on any consideration:
which is guilty of death; as he is who kills a man willingly and purposely; but one may be guilty of killing another, and yet not be deserving of death, when it is done ignorantly and accidentally with respect to him, for which reason this clause is added: but he shall be surely put to death; by the order of the civil magistrate; and if this is not done either through want of evidence, or the fault of the judge, or the criminal clemency of the chief governor, God sooner or later will take vengeance on such a person.
35:3235:32: Եւ մի՛ առնուցուք փրկանս վասն փախչելոյ ՚ի քաղաքն ապաստանի, առ միւսանգամ բնակելոյ յերկրին, մինչեւ մեռանիցի քահանայն մեծ։
32 Ապաստան-քաղաք փախչելու համար մարդասպանից փրկագին չպէտք է վերցնէք, նոյնպէս եւ՝ մինչեւ քահանայապետի վախճանումը իր երկրում նորից բնակուելու համար:
32 Ապաստանի քաղաքը փախչողին համար փրկանք մի՛ առնէք, որպէս զի անիկա իր քաղաքը դառնայ ու նստի քահանայապետին մահէն առաջ։
Եւ մի՛ առնուցուք փրկանս վասն [566]փախչելոյ ի քաղաքն ապաստանի առ միւսանգամ բնակելոյ յերկրին, մինչեւ մեռանիցի քահանայն մեծ:

35:32: Եւ մի՛ առնուցուք փրկանս վասն փախչելոյ ՚ի քաղաքն ապաստանի, առ միւսանգամ բնակելոյ յերկրին, մինչեւ մեռանիցի քահանայն մեծ։
32 Ապաստան-քաղաք փախչելու համար մարդասպանից փրկագին չպէտք է վերցնէք, նոյնպէս եւ՝ մինչեւ քահանայապետի վախճանումը իր երկրում նորից բնակուելու համար:
32 Ապաստանի քաղաքը փախչողին համար փրկանք մի՛ առնէք, որպէս զի անիկա իր քաղաքը դառնայ ու նստի քահանայապետին մահէն առաջ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:3232: и не берите выкупа за убежавшего в город убежища, чтоб ему [позволить] жить в земле [своей] прежде смерти [великого] священника.
35:32 οὐ ου not λήμψεσθε λαμβανω take; get λύτρα λυτρον ransom τοῦ ο the φυγεῖν φευγω flee εἰς εις into; for πόλιν πολις city τῶν ο the φυγαδευτηρίων φυγαδευτηριον the πάλιν παλιν again κατοικεῖν κατοικεω settle ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land ἕως εως till; until ἂν αν perhaps; ever ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die ὁ ο the ἱερεὺς ιερευς priest ὁ ο the μέγας μεγας great; loud
35:32 וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹא־ lō- לֹא not תִקְח֣וּ ṯiqḥˈû לקח take כֹ֔פֶר ḵˈōfer כֹּפֶר ransom לָ lā לְ to נ֖וּס nˌûs נוס flee אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to עִ֣יר ʕˈîr עִיר town מִקְלָטֹ֑ו miqlāṭˈô מִקְלָט refuge לָ lā לְ to שׁוּב֙ šûv שׁוב return לָ lā לְ to שֶׁ֣בֶת šˈeveṯ ישׁב sit בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto מֹ֖ות mˌôṯ מָוֶת death הַ ha הַ the כֹּהֵֽן׃ kkōhˈēn כֹּהֵן priest
35:32. exules et profugi ante mortem pontificis nullo modo in urbes suas reverti poteruntThe banished and fugitives before the death of the high priest may by no means return into their own cities.
32. And ye shall take no ransom for him that is fled to his city of refuge, that he should come again to dwell in the land, until the death of the priest.
35:32. Exiles and fugitives, prior to the death of the high priest, are by no means able to be returned to their own cities.
35:32. And ye shall take no satisfaction for him that is fled to the city of his refuge, that he should come again to dwell in the land, until the death of the priest.
And ye shall take no satisfaction for him that is fled to the city of his refuge, that he should come again to dwell in the land, until the death of the priest:

32: и не берите выкупа за убежавшего в город убежища, чтоб ему [позволить] жить в земле [своей] прежде смерти [великого] священника.
35:32
οὐ ου not
λήμψεσθε λαμβανω take; get
λύτρα λυτρον ransom
τοῦ ο the
φυγεῖν φευγω flee
εἰς εις into; for
πόλιν πολις city
τῶν ο the
φυγαδευτηρίων φυγαδευτηριον the
πάλιν παλιν again
κατοικεῖν κατοικεω settle
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
ἕως εως till; until
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
ἀποθάνῃ αποθνησκω die
ο the
ἱερεὺς ιερευς priest
ο the
μέγας μεγας great; loud
35:32
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
תִקְח֣וּ ṯiqḥˈû לקח take
כֹ֔פֶר ḵˈōfer כֹּפֶר ransom
לָ לְ to
נ֖וּס nˌûs נוס flee
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
עִ֣יר ʕˈîr עִיר town
מִקְלָטֹ֑ו miqlāṭˈô מִקְלָט refuge
לָ לְ to
שׁוּב֙ šûv שׁוב return
לָ לְ to
שֶׁ֣בֶת šˈeveṯ ישׁב sit
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
מֹ֖ות mˌôṯ מָוֶת death
הַ ha הַ the
כֹּהֵֽן׃ kkōhˈēn כֹּהֵן priest
35:32. exules et profugi ante mortem pontificis nullo modo in urbes suas reverti poterunt
The banished and fugitives before the death of the high priest may by no means return into their own cities.
35:32. Exiles and fugitives, prior to the death of the high priest, are by no means able to be returned to their own cities.
35:32. And ye shall take no satisfaction for him that is fled to the city of his refuge, that he should come again to dwell in the land, until the death of the priest.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
35:32: Until the death of the priest - Probably intended to typify, that no sinner can be delivered from his banishment from God, or recover his forfeited inheritance, till Jesus Christ, the great high priest, had died for his offenses, and risen again for his justification.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:32: Act 4:12; Gal 2:21, Gal 3:10-13, Gal 3:22; Rev 5:9; The region east of Jordan was nearly as long as that on the west, and therefore three cities were appointed in each division. One or other of these cities would be within half a day's journey of every part of the land; and as it would rarely happen that the avenger of blood would be on the spot, and none had a right to assault or detain the manslayer, at least if no malicious intention was manifest, the unhappy men would, therefore, get the start of their adversaries, and very few of them be overtaken before they gained the place of refuge. But then they must forsake their families, employments, most important interests, and dearest comforts; and they must neither loiter nor yield to weariness, nor regard difficulties, nor slacken their pace, till they had got safe within the walls of the city. The Jewish writers inform us, that to afford every facility to those who thus fled for their life, the road to these cities was always preserved in good repair; and way-posts, upon which was inscribed REFUGE were placed wheRev_er needful, that they might not so much as hesitate for a moment.
John Gill
35:32 Moreover, ye shall take no satisfaction for him that is fled to the city of his refuge,.... Though for killing a man unawares:
that he should come again to dwell in the land, until the death of the priest; the high priest; such a man's liberty was not to be purchased with money, nor even his life to be bought off, should he be taken without his city; a great ransom could not deliver him from the avenger, because he was guilty of this law, which so wisely and mercifully provided for him; and consequently guilty also of great ingratitude to God, as well as of a breach of his law, and of disrespect to his high priest, under whom he was protected.
35:3335:33: Եւ մի՛ շաղախիցէք զերկիրն. եւ ո՛չ քաւիցի երկիրն յարենէն հեղլոյ ՚ի վերայ նորա, եթէ ո՛չ արեա՛մբն հեղլով։
33 Մի՛ պղծէք երկիրը. երկիրն իր վրայ թափուած արեան համար այլ հատուցում չի պահանջում, քան հեղումը նրա՛ արեան, ով արիւն է թափել:
33 Ուստի ձեր բնակած երկիրը մի՛ պղծէք, քանզի արիւնը կը պղծէ երկիրը ու անոր թափուած արիւնին համար երկրին ուրիշ բանով մը քաւութիւն չ’ըլլար, բայց միայն սպաննողին արիւնովը։
Եւ մի՛ շաղախիցէք զերկիրն[567]. եւ ոչ քաւիցի երկիրն յարենէն հեղլոյ ի վերայ նորա, եթէ ոչ արեամբն հեղլով:

35:33: Եւ մի՛ շաղախիցէք զերկիրն. եւ ո՛չ քաւիցի երկիրն յարենէն հեղլոյ ՚ի վերայ նորա, եթէ ո՛չ արեա՛մբն հեղլով։
33 Մի՛ պղծէք երկիրը. երկիրն իր վրայ թափուած արեան համար այլ հատուցում չի պահանջում, քան հեղումը նրա՛ արեան, ով արիւն է թափել:
33 Ուստի ձեր բնակած երկիրը մի՛ պղծէք, քանզի արիւնը կը պղծէ երկիրը ու անոր թափուած արիւնին համար երկրին ուրիշ բանով մը քաւութիւն չ’ըլլար, բայց միայն սպաննողին արիւնովը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:3333: Не оскверняйте земли, на которой вы [будете жить]; ибо кровь оскверняет землю, и земля не иначе очищается от пролитой на ней крови, как кровью пролившего ее.
35:33 καὶ και and; even οὐ ου not μὴ μη not φονοκτονήσητε φονοκτονεω the γῆν γη earth; land εἰς εις into; for ἣν ος who; what ὑμεῖς υμεις you κατοικεῖτε κατοικεω settle τὸ ο the γὰρ γαρ for αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams τοῦτο ουτος this; he φονοκτονεῖ φονοκτονεω the γῆν γη earth; land καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not ἐξιλασθήσεται εξιλασκομαι the γῆ γη earth; land ἀπὸ απο from; away τοῦ ο the αἵματος αιμα blood; bloodstreams τοῦ ο the ἐκχυθέντος εκχεω pour out; drained ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτῆς αυτος he; him ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but ἐπὶ επι in; on τοῦ ο the αἵματος αιμα blood; bloodstreams τοῦ ο the ἐκχέοντος εκχεω pour out; drained
35:33 וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not תַחֲנִ֣יפוּ ṯaḥᵃnˈîfû חנף alienate אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אַתֶּם֙ ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you בָּ֔הּ bˈāh בְּ in כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that הַ ha הַ the דָּ֔ם ddˈām דָּם blood ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he יַחֲנִ֖יף yaḥᵃnˌîf חנף alienate אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth וְ wᵊ וְ and לָ lā לְ to † הַ the אָ֣רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not יְכֻפַּ֗ר yᵊḵuppˈar כפר cover לַ la לְ to † הַ the דָּם֙ ddˌām דָּם blood אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] שֻׁפַּךְ־ šuppaḵ- שׁפך pour בָּ֔הּ bˈāh בְּ in כִּי־ kî- כִּי that אִ֖ם ʔˌim אִם if בְּ bᵊ בְּ in דַ֥ם ḏˌam דָּם blood שֹׁפְכֹֽו׃ šōfᵊḵˈô שׁפך pour
35:33. ne polluatis terram habitationis vestrae quae insontium cruore maculatur nec aliter expiari potest nisi per eius sanguinem qui alterius sanguinem fuderitDefile not the land of your habitation, which is stained with the blood of the innocent: neither can it otherwise be expiated, but by his blood that hath shed the blood of another.
33. So ye shall not pollute the land wherein ye are: for blood, it polluteth the land: and no expiation can be made for the land for the blood that is shed therein, but by the blood of him that shed it.
35:33. Do not pollute the land of your habitation, so as to stain it with the blood of the innocent; neither is it able to be expiated in any way other than by the blood of him who has shed the blood of another.
35:33. So ye shall not pollute the land wherein ye [are]: for blood it defileth the land: and the land cannot be cleansed of the blood that is shed therein, but by the blood of him that shed it.
So ye shall not pollute the land wherein ye [are]: for blood it defileth the land: and the land cannot be cleansed of the blood that is shed therein, but by the blood of him that shed it:

33: Не оскверняйте земли, на которой вы [будете жить]; ибо кровь оскверняет землю, и земля не иначе очищается от пролитой на ней крови, как кровью пролившего ее.
35:33
καὶ και and; even
οὐ ου not
μὴ μη not
φονοκτονήσητε φονοκτονεω the
γῆν γη earth; land
εἰς εις into; for
ἣν ος who; what
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
κατοικεῖτε κατοικεω settle
τὸ ο the
γὰρ γαρ for
αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams
τοῦτο ουτος this; he
φονοκτονεῖ φονοκτονεω the
γῆν γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἐξιλασθήσεται εξιλασκομαι the
γῆ γη earth; land
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τοῦ ο the
αἵματος αιμα blood; bloodstreams
τοῦ ο the
ἐκχυθέντος εκχεω pour out; drained
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τοῦ ο the
αἵματος αιμα blood; bloodstreams
τοῦ ο the
ἐκχέοντος εκχεω pour out; drained
35:33
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
תַחֲנִ֣יפוּ ṯaḥᵃnˈîfû חנף alienate
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אַתֶּם֙ ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you
בָּ֔הּ bˈāh בְּ in
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
הַ ha הַ the
דָּ֔ם ddˈām דָּם blood
ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he
יַחֲנִ֖יף yaḥᵃnˌîf חנף alienate
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לָ לְ to
הַ the
אָ֣רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
יְכֻפַּ֗ר yᵊḵuppˈar כפר cover
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
דָּם֙ ddˌām דָּם blood
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
שֻׁפַּךְ־ šuppaḵ- שׁפך pour
בָּ֔הּ bˈāh בְּ in
כִּי־ kî- כִּי that
אִ֖ם ʔˌim אִם if
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
דַ֥ם ḏˌam דָּם blood
שֹׁפְכֹֽו׃ šōfᵊḵˈô שׁפך pour
35:33. ne polluatis terram habitationis vestrae quae insontium cruore maculatur nec aliter expiari potest nisi per eius sanguinem qui alterius sanguinem fuderit
Defile not the land of your habitation, which is stained with the blood of the innocent: neither can it otherwise be expiated, but by his blood that hath shed the blood of another.
35:33. Do not pollute the land of your habitation, so as to stain it with the blood of the innocent; neither is it able to be expiated in any way other than by the blood of him who has shed the blood of another.
35:33. So ye shall not pollute the land wherein ye [are]: for blood it defileth the land: and the land cannot be cleansed of the blood that is shed therein, but by the blood of him that shed it.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
35:33: For blood it defileth the land - The very land was considered as guilty till the blood of the murderer was shed in it. No wonder God is so particularly strict in his laws against murderers,
1. Because he is the author of life, and none have any right to dispose of it but himself.
2. Because life is the time to prepare for the eternal world, and on it the salvation of the soul accordingly depends; therefore it is of infinite consequence to the man that his life be lengthened out to the utmost limits assigned by Divine Providence. As he who takes a man's life away before his time may be the murderer of his soul as well as of his body, the severest laws should be enacted against this, both to punish and prevent the crime.
The Mosaic cities of refuge have in general been considered, not merely as civil institutions, but as types or representations of infinitely better things; and in this light St. Paul seems to have considered them and the altar of God, which was a place of general refuge, as it is pretty evident that he had them in view when writing the following words: "God, willing more abundantly to show unto the heirs of promise the immutability of his counsel, confirmed it by an oath; that by two immutable things, (his oath and promise), in which it was impossible for God to lie, we might have a strong consolation who have Fled for Refuge to lay Hold upon the Hope set before us," Heb 6:17, Heb 6:18. Independently of this, it was a very wise political institute; and while the patriarchal law on this point continued in force, this law had a direct tendency to cool and moderate the spirit of revenge, to secure the proper accomplishment of the ends of justice, and to make way for every claim of mercy and equity. But this is not peculiar to the ordinance of the cities of refuge; every institution of God is distinguished in the same way, having his own glory, in the present and eternal welfare of man, immediately in view.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:33: it defileth: Lev 18:25; Deu 21:1-8, Deu 21:23; Kg2 23:26, Kg2 24:4; Psa 106:28; Isa 26:21; Eze 22:24-27; Hos 4:2, Hos 4:3; Mic 4:11; Mat 23:31-35; Luk 11:50, Luk 11:51
the land cannot be cleansed: Heb. there can be no expiation for the land
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
35:33
The Israelites were not to desecrate their land by sparing the murderer; as blood, i.e., bloodshed or murder, desecrated the land, and there was no expiation (יכפּר) to the land for the blood that was shed in it, except through the blood of the man who had shed it, i.e., through the execution of the murderer, by which justice would be satisfied.
Geneva 1599
35:33 So ye shall not pollute the land wherein ye [are]: for blood it defileth the land: and the land cannot be (n) cleansed of the blood that is shed therein, but by the blood of him that shed it.
(n) So God is mindful of the blood wrongfully shed, that he makes his dumb creatures demand vengeance of it.
John Gill
35:33 So ye shall not pollute the land wherein ye are,.... The land of Canaan, as it had been by the old inhabitants of it, by idolatry, adultery, and murder:
for blood it defileth the land: the shedding of innocent blood defiles a nation, and the inhabitants of it, brings guilt thereon, and subjects to punishment:
and the land cannot be cleansed of the blood that is shed therein, but by the blood of him that shed it; or "there can be no expiation" (b), or "atonement made" for it in any other way; the blood of the murderer is required at his hands, and nothing short of it will satisfy law and justice, see Gen 9:6.
(b) "non posset expiatio", Junius & Tremellius, Piscator; to the same sense Pagninus, Montanus, Tigurine version.
35:3435:34: Եւ մի՛ պղծիցէք զերկիրն յորում բնակիցէք ՚ի նմա. յորում ե՛ս բնակեցայց ՚ի միջի ձերում. զի ե՛ս եմ Տէր Աստուած ձեր, որ բնակիցեմ ՚ի մէջ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի[1616]։[1616] Ոմանք. Տէր Աստուած, որ բնակեմ ՚ի մէջ որդւոցդ։
34 Մի՛ պղծէք այն երկիրը, ուր բնակւում էք, եւ ուր բնակւում եմ ես ձեր մէջ, քանզի ես եմ Տէր Աստուածը, որ բնակւում է իսրայէլացիների մէջ”»:
34 Ուրեմն ձեր բնակած երկիրը մի՛ պղծէք, որուն մէջ ես պիտի բնակիմ. քանզի ես Տէրս կը բնակիմ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն մէջ»։
Եւ մի՛ պղծիցէք զերկիրն յորում բնակիցէք ի նմա, յորում ես բնակեցայց ի միջի [568]ձերում. զի ես եմ Տէր [569]Աստուած, որ բնակեմ ի մէջ որդւոցն Իսրայելի:

35:34: Եւ մի՛ պղծիցէք զերկիրն յորում բնակիցէք ՚ի նմա. յորում ե՛ս բնակեցայց ՚ի միջի ձերում. զի ե՛ս եմ Տէր Աստուած ձեր, որ բնակիցեմ ՚ի մէջ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի[1616]։
[1616] Ոմանք. Տէր Աստուած, որ բնակեմ ՚ի մէջ որդւոցդ։
34 Մի՛ պղծէք այն երկիրը, ուր բնակւում էք, եւ ուր բնակւում եմ ես ձեր մէջ, քանզի ես եմ Տէր Աստուածը, որ բնակւում է իսրայէլացիների մէջ”»:
34 Ուրեմն ձեր բնակած երկիրը մի՛ պղծէք, որուն մէջ ես պիտի բնակիմ. քանզի ես Տէրս կը բնակիմ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն մէջ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
35:3434: Не должно осквернять землю, на которой вы живете, среди которой обитаю Я; ибо Я Господь обитаю среди сынов Израилевых.
35:34 καὶ και and; even οὐ ου not μιανεῖτε μιαινω taint; defile τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἐφ᾿ επι in; on ἧς ος who; what κατοικεῖτε κατοικεω settle ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτῆς αυτος he; him ἐφ᾿ επι in; on ἧς ος who; what ἐγὼ εγω I κατασκηνώσω κατασκηνοω nest; camp ἐν εν in ὑμῖν υμιν you ἐγὼ εγω I γάρ γαρ for εἰμι ειμι be κύριος κυριος lord; master κατασκηνῶν κατασκηνοω nest; camp ἐν εν in μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
35:34 וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֧א lˈō לֹא not תְטַמֵּ֣א ṯᵊṭammˈē טמא be unclean אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אַתֶּם֙ ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you יֹשְׁבִ֣ים yōšᵊvˈîm ישׁב sit בָּ֔הּ bˈāh בְּ in אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אֲנִ֖י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i שֹׁכֵ֣ן šōḵˈēn שׁכן dwell בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹוכָ֑הּ ṯôḵˈāh תָּוֶךְ midst כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that אֲנִ֣י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH שֹׁכֵ֕ן šōḵˈēn שׁכן dwell בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹ֖וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ פ yiśrāʔˈēl . f יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
35:34. atque ita emundabitur vestra possessio me commorante vobiscum ego enim sum Dominus qui habito inter filios IsrahelAnd thus shall your possession be cleansed, myself abiding with you. For I am the Lord that dwell among the children of Israel.
34. And thou shalt not defile the land which ye inhabit, in the midst of which I dwell: for I the LORD dwell in the midst of the children of Israel.
35:34. And so shall your possession be cleansed, while I myself am abiding with you. For I am the Lord, who lives among the sons of Israel.”
35:34. Defile not therefore the land which ye shall inhabit, wherein I dwell: for I the LORD dwell among the children of Israel.
Defile not therefore the land which ye shall inhabit, wherein I dwell: for I the LORD dwell among the children of Israel:

34: Не должно осквернять землю, на которой вы живете, среди которой обитаю Я; ибо Я Господь обитаю среди сынов Израилевых.
35:34
καὶ και and; even
οὐ ου not
μιανεῖτε μιαινω taint; defile
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἐφ᾿ επι in; on
ἧς ος who; what
κατοικεῖτε κατοικεω settle
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
ἐφ᾿ επι in; on
ἧς ος who; what
ἐγὼ εγω I
κατασκηνώσω κατασκηνοω nest; camp
ἐν εν in
ὑμῖν υμιν you
ἐγὼ εγω I
γάρ γαρ for
εἰμι ειμι be
κύριος κυριος lord; master
κατασκηνῶν κατασκηνοω nest; camp
ἐν εν in
μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
35:34
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֧א lˈō לֹא not
תְטַמֵּ֣א ṯᵊṭammˈē טמא be unclean
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אַתֶּם֙ ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you
יֹשְׁבִ֣ים yōšᵊvˈîm ישׁב sit
בָּ֔הּ bˈāh בְּ in
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אֲנִ֖י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i
שֹׁכֵ֣ן šōḵˈēn שׁכן dwell
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹוכָ֑הּ ṯôḵˈāh תָּוֶךְ midst
כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that
אֲנִ֣י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i
יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
שֹׁכֵ֕ן šōḵˈēn שׁכן dwell
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹ֖וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ פ yiśrāʔˈēl . f יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
35:34. atque ita emundabitur vestra possessio me commorante vobiscum ego enim sum Dominus qui habito inter filios Israhel
And thus shall your possession be cleansed, myself abiding with you. For I am the Lord that dwell among the children of Israel.
35:34. And so shall your possession be cleansed, while I myself am abiding with you. For I am the Lord, who lives among the sons of Israel.”
35:34. Defile not therefore the land which ye shall inhabit, wherein I dwell: for I the LORD dwell among the children of Israel.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
35:34: For I the Lord dwell ... - An emphatic protest against all enactment or relaxation of laws by men for their own private convenience.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
35:34: Defile not: Num 5:3; Lev 20:24-26
I dwell: Psa 135:21; Isa 57:15; Hos 9:3; Co2 6:16, Co2 6:17; Rev 21:3, Rev 21:27
dwell among: Num 5:3; Exo 25:8, Exo 29:45, Exo 29:46; Kg1 6:13; Psa 132:14; Isa 8:12
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
35:34
And they were not to desecrate the land in which they dwelt by tolerating murderers, because Jehovah, the Holy One, dwelt in it, among the children of Israel (cf. Lev 18:25.).
John Gill
35:34 Defile not therefore the land which ye shall inherit,.... By the commission of such atrocious crimes, or suffering them to go unpunished, or by taking a compensation for the life of the guilty person:
wherein I dwell; which is added to strengthen the exhortation, and as giving a reason why care should be taken not to pollute it, because the Holy God dwells there; as he did in the tabernacle erected for him, and in such a peculiar manner as he did not in other lands:
for I the Lord dwell among the children of Israel; he now dwelt among them as their God, and their King; his tent or tabernacle being pitched in the midst of the camps of Israel; and so he would continue to dwell among them when they were come to the land of Canaan, so long as they observed his laws, statutes, and ordinances; and therefore it behoved them to be careful that they did not pollute themselves and their land, and cause him to depart from them.